July 2005 4-1 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) Repairs / Adjustments 4 REPs 1 - Standby Power REP 1. Power and Control Assembly. 4-32 REPs 4 - Main Drives REP 4.1a Main Drive Module (32-55 ppm) 4-35 REP 4.2b main drive module.
July 2005 4-1 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) Repairs / Adjustments 4 REPs 1 - Standby Power REP 1. Power and Control Assembly. 4-32 REPs 4 - Main Drives REP 4.1a Main Drive Module (32-55 ppm) 4-35 REP 4.2b main drive module.
July 2005 4-1 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) Repairs / Adjustments 4 REPs 1 - Standby Power REP 1. Power and Control Assembly. 4-32 REPs 4 - Main Drives REP 4.1a Main Drive Module (32-55 ppm) 4-35 REP 4.2b main drive module.
Repairs/Adjustments 4 Repairs/Adjustments REPs 1 - Standby Power REP 1.1 Power and Control Assembly ........................................................................... 4-5 REP 1.2 Wiring Harness Repairs.................................................................................... 4-9 REP 1.3 Molex SL Connectors ....................................................................................... 4-10 REP 1.4 Male Hirose DF1B Connectors ......................................................................... 4-12 REP 1.5 AMP EI Connectors .......................................................................................... 4-14 REP 1.6 Hirose DF11 Connectors .................................................................................. 4-17 REP 1.7 AMP CT Connectors......................................................................................... 4-17 REP 1.8 Door Interlock Switch........................................................................................ 4-19 REP 1.9 LVPS and Base Module.................................................................................... 4-20 REP 1.10 HVPS.............................................................................................................. 4-22 REPs 2 - User Interface REP 2.1 User Interface Assembly................................................................................... 4-25 REP 2.2 User Interface Touch Screen............................................................................ 4-26 REP 2.3 User Interface PWB.......................................................................................... 4-27 REPs 3 - Machine Run Control REP 3.1 IOT PWB........................................................................................................... 4-29 REP 3.2 Image Processing Module PWBs .................................................................... 4-30 REP 3.3 Image Processing PWB Software Module........................................................ 4-32 REPs 4 - Main Drives REP 4.1A Main Drive Module (32-55 ppm)..................................................................... 4-35 REP 4.1B Main Drive Module (65-75 ppm)..................................................................... 4-40 REP 4.2A Main Drive PWB (32-55 ppm) ........................................................................ 4-44 REP 4.2B Main Drive PWB (65-75 ppm) ........................................................................ 4-45 REP 4.3A Main Drive Belt and Drive Gears (32-55 ppm) ............................................... 4-47 REP 4.3B Main Drive Belts and Drive gears (65-75 ppm) .............................................. 4-49 REP 4.4 Photoreceptor Drive Gear ................................................................................. 4-51 REPs 5 - DADH REP 5.1 Top Cover Assembly ........................................................................................ 4-53 REP 5.2 Top Access Cover Assembly............................................................................ 4-54 REP 5.3 Feed Assembly................................................................................................. 4-55 REP 5.4 Input Tray Assembly......................................................................................... 4-56 REP 5.5 Baffle Assembly................................................................................................ 4-57 REP 5.6 Takeaway Roll Assembly.................................................................................. 4-60 REP 5.7 Duplex Solenoid................................................................................................ 4-61 REP 5.8 Takeaway and CVT Sensor.............................................................................. 4-63 REP 5.9 Length Detect Sensors ..................................................................................... 4-64 REP 5.10 Registration Sensor ........................................................................................ 4-65 REP 5.11 Exit Sensor ..................................................................................................... 4-66 REP 5.12 DADH Counterbalance ................................................................................... 4-68 REP 5.13 Exit Roll Assembly .......................................................................................... 4-69 REP 5.14 Feed Roll Assembly........................................................................................ 4-70 REP 5.15 Duplex Gate, CVT Roll and CVT Motor, Drive Belt ........................................ 4-72 REP 5.16 Document Width Sensor ................................................................................. 4-74 REP 5.17 Input Tray Static Eliminator............................................................................. 4-75 REP 5.18 Exit Roll Idler................................................................................................... 4-76 REP 5.19 DADH Removal............................................................................................... 4-78 REPs 6 - ROS REP 6.1 ROS.................................................................................................................. 4-79 REPs 7 - Paper Supply REP 7.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Removal .............................................................................. 4-81 REP 7.2 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Removal .............................................................................. 4-82 REP 7.3 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Elevator Motor ..................................................................... 4-84 REP 7.4 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Elevator Cables ................................................................... 4-85 REP 7.5 Bypass Tray and Left Hand Door Assembly..................................................... 4-87 REP 7.6 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Guide Latch............................................................... 4-88 REP 7.7 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Limit and Stack Height Sensor ............................................ 4-91 REP 7.8 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Stack Limiter........................................................................ 4-92 REP 7.9 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Home Switch ....................................................................... 4-93 REP 7.10 HCF Control PWB........................................................................................... 4-95 REP 7.11 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Elevator Damper................................................................ 4-96 REP 7.12 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Size Cams............................................................... 4-97 REPs 8 - Paper Transport REP 8.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Feed Assembly ......................................................... 4-99 REP 8.2 Tray 3 Paper Feed Assembly ........................................................................... 4-102 REP 8.3 Tray 4 Paper Feed Assembly ........................................................................... 4-104 REP 8.4 Registration Transport ...................................................................................... 4-106 REP 8.5 Registration Clutch............................................................................................ 4-108 REP 8.6 Registration Sensor and Wait Sensor............................................................... 4-110 REP 8.7 Duplex Transport .............................................................................................. 4-111 REP 8.8 Duplex Motor and Drive Belts ........................................................................... 4-112 REP 8.9 Bypass Tray Feed Solenoid.............................................................................. 4-113 REP 8.10 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Transport Motor ................................................................. 4-114 REP 8.11 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Transport Drive Gear......................................................... 4-115 REP 8.12 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Transport Drive Belt........................................................... 4-117 REP 8.13 Tray 3 Transport Assembly............................................................................. 4-118 REP 8.14 Tray 3 Feed Sensor Actuator.......................................................................... 4-119 REP 8.15 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Transport Roll Bearings..................................................... 4-120 REP 8.16 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Transport Rolls .................................................................. 4-123 REP 8.17 Tray 1 or Tray 2 Feed Sensor Actuator .......................................................... 4-124 REP 8.18 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Transport Motor ................................................................. 4-125 REP 8.19 Bypass Tray Feed Head ................................................................................. 4-126 REP 8.20 Bypass Tray Drive Gear.................................................................................. 4-129 REP 8.21 Bypass Tray Feed Roll.................................................................................... 4-130 REP 8.22A Bypass Tray Retard Pad (32-55 ppm).......................................................... 4-132 REP 8.22B Bypass Tray Retard Pad (65-75 ppm).......................................................... 4-134 REP 8.23 Bypass Tray Empty Sensor ............................................................................ 4-135 REP 8.24 Tray 1 Feed Sensor ........................................................................................ 4-136 REP 8.25 Tray 2 Feed Sensor ........................................................................................ 4-137 July 2005 4-2 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.26 Drive Roll Assembly........................................................................................ 4-138 REP 8.27 Registration Transport Drive Belt.................................................................... 4-140 REP 8.28 Tray 3 Feed Sensor ........................................................................................ 4-141 REP 8.29 Tray 3 Takeaway Roll Assembly .................................................................... 4-141 REP 8.30 Tray 3 Transport Roll Assembly ..................................................................... 4-144 REP 8.31 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Transport Roll .................................................................... 4-146 REP 8.32 Duplex Sensor ................................................................................................ 4-148 REPs 9 - Xerographics REP 9.1 Waste Toner Bottle Assembly .......................................................................... 4-151 REP 9.2 Developer Assembly......................................................................................... 4-152 REP 9.3 Ozone Fan........................................................................................................ 4-153 REP 9.4 Waste Toner Full Sensor .................................................................................. 4-154 REP 9.5 Toner Dispense Module.................................................................................... 4-155 REP 9.6 Xerographic Module Latch................................................................................ 4-156 REP 9.7 Developer Paddle ............................................................................................. 4-159 REP 9.8 Transfer / Detack Harness................................................................................ 4-160 REP 9.9 Erase Lamp ...................................................................................................... 4-161 REP 9.10 Auger Damper ................................................................................................ 4-163 REPs 10 - Print Transport and Fusing REP 10.1 Short Paper Path Assembly............................................................................ 4-167 REP 10.2 Inverter Assembly ........................................................................................... 4-169 REP 10.3 Inverter Motor ................................................................................................. 4-172 REP 10.4 Inverter Path Solenoid .................................................................................... 4-173 REP 10.5 Inverter Nip Solenoid ...................................................................................... 4-174 REP 10.6 Nip Roll Guide................................................................................................. 4-175 REP 10.7 Upper Baffle Assembly ................................................................................... 4-177 REP 10.8 Nip Split Shaft Assembly ................................................................................ 4-178 REP 10.9 Shaft Actuator ................................................................................................. 4-179 REP 10.10 Fuser Latch................................................................................................... 4-180 REP 10.11 Inverter Gate................................................................................................. 4-182 REP 10.12 Tri-Roll Shaft Assembly ................................................................................ 4-184 REP 10.13 Fuser Web Motor .......................................................................................... 4-186 REP 10.14 Exit Shaft Assembly...................................................................................... 4-188 REP 10.15 Intermediate Drive Belt ................................................................................. 4-189 REP 10.16 Fuser Exit Switch.......................................................................................... 4-193 REP 10.17 IOT Exit Sensor ............................................................................................ 4-195 REP 10.18 Inverter Output Guide Assembly................................................................... 4-197 REPs 11-110 - 2K LCSS REP 11.1-110 2K LCSS Covers ..................................................................................... 4-199 REP 11.2-110 Input Drive Belt and Paper Entry Transport Motor .................................. 4-200 REP 11.3-110 Intermediate Paper Drive Belt ................................................................. 4-201 REP 11.4-110 Paper Output Drive Belt and Paper Transport Exit Motor ....................... 4-202 REP 11.5-110 Bin 1 Drive Belts ...................................................................................... 4-203 REP 11.6-110 Tamper Assembly.................................................................................... 4-206 REP 11.7-110 Hole Punch Unit, Motor and Sensors ...................................................... 4-207 REP 11.8-110 Stapler Traverse Assembly ..................................................................... 4-209 REP 11.9-110 Staple Head Unit ..................................................................................... 4-210 REP 11.10-110 Ejector Assembly Sensors..................................................................... 4-211 REP 11.11-110 Bin 1 Level Sensors............................................................................... 4-212 REP 11.12-110 Paddle Wheel Shaft Assembly .............................................................. 4-213 REP 11.13-110 2K LCSS Undocking.............................................................................. 4-216 REP 11.14-110 2K LCSS PWB....................................................................................... 4-217 REP 11.15-110 Entry Guide Cover ................................................................................. 4-218 REP 11.16-110 Docking Latch Assembly ....................................................................... 4-219 REP 11.17-110 Ejector Belt ............................................................................................ 4-220 REPs 11-120 - 1K LCSS REP 11.1-120 1K LCSS Covers...................................................................................... 4-221 REP 11.2-120 Input Drive Belt and Transport Motor 1.................................................... 4-222 REP 11.3-120 1K LCSS Stability Foot ............................................................................ 4-223 REP 11.4-120 Paper Output Drive Belt and Transport Motor 2 ...................................... 4-223 REP 11.5-120 Bin 1 Drive Belts ...................................................................................... 4-224 REP 11.6-120 Tamper Assembly.................................................................................... 4-226 REP 11.7-120 Stapler Assembly and SH1 Paper Sensor............................................... 4-227 REP 11.8-120 Ejector Assembly and Sensors................................................................ 4-229 REP 11.9-120 Bin 1 Upper Level Sensor........................................................................ 4-230 REP 11.10-120 Paddle Wheel Shaft Assembly .............................................................. 4-231 REP 11.11-120 1K LCSS Removal ................................................................................. 4-234 REP 11.12-120 1K LCSS PWB....................................................................................... 4-235 REP 11.13-120 Entry Guide Cover ................................................................................. 4-236 REP 11.14-120 Docking Latch Assembly and Docking Interlock Switch ........................ 4-237 REP 11.15-120 Ejector Belt ............................................................................................ 4-238 REPs 11-130 - HCSS REP 11.1-130 HCSS Covers .......................................................................................... 4-239 REP 11.2-130 Compiler Carriage Assembly................................................................... 4-240 REP 11.3-130 Staple Head Unit 1 Assembly and SH1 Paper Sensor ............................ 4-247 REP 11.4-130 Carriage PWB.......................................................................................... 4-250 REP 11.5-130 Bin 1 or Bin 2 Assembly........................................................................... 4-252 REP 11.6-130 Compiler Carriage Elevator Motor, Bracket and Bearing......................... 4-253 REP 11.7-130 Compiler Carriage Elevator Belts ............................................................ 4-255 REP 11.8-130 Elevator Belt Tensioner Springs .............................................................. 4-260 REP 11.9-130 HCSS Castors ......................................................................................... 4-261 REP 11.10-130 Hole Punch Motor and Coupling............................................................ 4-262 REP 11.11-130 Upper Paper Guide................................................................................ 4-263 REP 11.12-130 Diverter Gate and Solenoid ................................................................... 4-264 REP 11.13-130 Mylar Guide Assembly........................................................................... 4-266 REP 11.14-130 Vertical Transport Belts and Pre-compile Pulleys.................................. 4-273 REP 11.15-130 Vertical Transport Nip Rollers................................................................ 4-276 REP 11.16-130 Chad Full Bin Sensor, Actuator and Spring........................................... 4-276 REP 11.17-130 Transport Motor 1A, Motor Damper and Drive Belt ............................... 4-278 REP 11.18-130 Transport Motor 1B, Motor Damper and Drive Belt ............................... 4-279 REP 11.19-130 HCSS Un-Docking................................................................................. 4-280 REP 11.20-130 CC Ejector Motor Assembly and Ejector Home Sensor ........................ 4-281 REP 11.21-130 CC Paddle Roll Motor Assembly and Paddle Roll Home Sensor .......... 4-282 REP 11.22-130 CC Top Baffle Assembly........................................................................ 4-283 REP 11.23-130 Compiler Sensor .................................................................................... 4-285 REP 11.24-130 CC Entrance Baffle and Springs............................................................ 4-286 REP 11.25-130 Elevator belt drive pulleys...................................................................... 4-287 REP 11.26-130 CC Stapling Unit Traverse Motor........................................................... 4-288 REP 11.27-130 Transport Motor 2 and Motor Damper ................................................... 4-289 July 2005 4-3 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.28-130 CC Eject Roll Motor ............................................................................... 4-290 REP 11.29-130 CC Kicker Assembly.............................................................................. 4-291 REP 11.30-130 CC Tray Hold Solenoid Assembly ......................................................... 4-293 REP 11.31-130 CC Stapler Mount and Traverse Shaft Assembly.................................. 4-295 REP 11.32-130 CC Transport Shaft Assembly ............................................................... 4-297 REP 11.33-130 Docking Latch Components .................................................................. 4-299 REP 11.34-130 Compiler Carriage Belt Grips................................................................. 4-302 REP 11.35-130 Bin 1 or Bin 2 Offset Motor and Offset Sensor ...................................... 4-303 REP 11.36-130 Bin 1 or Bin 2 Elevator Motor and Bearing ............................................ 4-304 REP 11.37-130 Entry Sensor and Punch Position Sensor ............................................. 4-305 REP 11.38-130 2nd to Top Exit Sensor .......................................................................... 4-306 REP 11.39-130 CC Shutter............................................................................................. 4-307 REP 11.40-130 CC Nip Shaft Components .................................................................... 4-308 REP 11.41-130 CC Eject Housing Assembly.................................................................. 4-310 REPs 11-170 - HCSSBM REP 11.1-170 HCSS BM Covers.................................................................................... 4-313 REP 11.2-170 Compiler Carriage Assembly................................................................... 4-315 REP 11.3-170 Staple Head Unit 1 Assembly and SH1 Paper Sensor ............................ 4-318 REP 11.4-170 Carriage PWB.......................................................................................... 4-321 REP 11.5-170 Bin 1 Assembly........................................................................................ 4-322 REP 11.6-170 HCSS BM Castors................................................................................... 4-323 REP 11.7-170 Hole Punch Motor and Coupling.............................................................. 4-325 REP 11.8-170 Upper Paper Guide.................................................................................. 4-326 REP 11.9-170 HCSS BM Upper Diverter Gate and Solenoid......................................... 4-327 REP 11.10-170 Chad Bin Full Sensor, Actuator and Spring........................................... 4-328 REP 11.11-170 Transport Motor 1A, Motor Damper and Drive Belt ............................... 4-330 REP 11.12-170 Transport Motor 1B Motor Damper and Drive Belt ................................ 4-331 REP 11.13-170 HCSS BM Un-Docking .......................................................................... 4-332 REP 11.14-170 BM Lower Diverter Solenoid.................................................................. 4-333 REP 11.15-170 BM Lower Diverter Gate........................................................................ 4-335 REP 11.16-170 BM Flapper and Flapper Roll Motor ...................................................... 4-337 REP 11.17-170 BM PWB................................................................................................ 4-338 REP 11.18-170 BM Crease Blade Motor ........................................................................ 4-340 REP 11.19-170 BM Crease Roll Motor ........................................................................... 4-342 REP 11.20-170 BM Backstop Motor Assembly............................................................... 4-343 REP 11.21-170 BM Backstop Assembly and BM Stack Hold Solenoids ........................ 4-344 REP 11.22-170 BM Entry Roll......................................................................................... 4-346 REP 11.23-170 BM Entry Sensor ................................................................................... 4-348 REP 11.24-170 BM Crease Roll Gate Motor .................................................................. 4-350 REP 11.25-170 BM Paper Path Transport Motor and Damper....................................... 4-350 REP 11.26-170 Back Stop Drive Assembly .................................................................... 4-351 REP 11.27-170 BM Staple Heads................................................................................... 4-353 REP 11.28-170 BM Stapler Bracket Assembly ............................................................... 4-355 REP 11.29-170 BM Conveyor Belts................................................................................ 4-359 REP 11.30-170 BM Tamper Assembly and Tamper 1 Motor.......................................... 4-361 REP 11.31-170 CC Ejector Motor Assembly and Ejector Home Sensor ........................ 4-363 REP 11.32-170 CC Paddle Roll Motor Assembly and Paddle Roll Home Sensor .......... 4-364 REP 11.33-170 CC Top Baffle Assembly ....................................................................... 4-365 REP 11.34-170 Compiler Sensor.................................................................................... 4-367 REP 11.35-170 CC Entrance Baffle and Springs............................................................ 4-368 REP 11.36-170 Crease Blade Assembly ........................................................................ 4-369 REP 11.37-170 CC Stapling Unit Traverse Motor........................................................... 4-372 REP 11.38-170 Transport Motor 2 and Motor Damper ................................................... 4-373 REP 11.39-170 CC Eject Roll Motor ............................................................................... 4-374 REP 11.40-170 CC Kicker Assembly.............................................................................. 4-375 REP 11.41-170 CC Tray Hold Solenoid Assembly ......................................................... 4-377 REP 11.42-170 CC Stapler Mount and Traverse Shaft Assembly.................................. 4-379 REP 11.43-170 CC Transport Shaft Assembly ............................................................... 4-381 REP 11.44-170 Docking Latch Components................................................................... 4-383 REP 11.45-170 Compiler Carriage Belt Grips................................................................. 4-386 REP 11.46-170 Bin 1 Offset Motor and Offset Sensor.................................................... 4-387 REP 11.47-170 Bin 1 Elevator Motor and Bearing.......................................................... 4-388 REP 11.48-170 Entry Sensor and Punch Position Sensor.............................................. 4-389 REP 11.49-170 2nd to Top Exit Sensor .......................................................................... 4-390 REP 11.50-170 BM Eject Sensor .................................................................................... 4-391 REP 11.51-170 BM Support Leg and Spring .................................................................. 4-391 REP 11.52-170 BM Crease Rolls, Gears, Clutch and Bearings...................................... 4-394 REP 11.53-170 CC Shutter and Springs......................................................................... 4-400 REP 11.54-170 CC Nip Shaft Components .................................................................... 4-401 REP 11.55-170 BM Pre-compile Pulley and Tyres ......................................................... 4-403 REP 11.56-170 BM Right Hand Cover............................................................................ 4-405 REP 11.57-170 CC Eject Housing Assembly.................................................................. 4-407 REP 11.58-170 BM Crease Nip Springs ......................................................................... 4-409 REP 11.59-170 Crease Roll Gate Assembly................................................................... 4-412 REP 11.60-170 BM Paper Guide Assembly.................................................................... 4-415 REP 11.61-170 BM Module............................................................................................. 4-417 REPS 12 - OCT REP 12.1 OCT Fingers Install ......................................................................................... 4-425 REPs 14A - Scanner (32-55 ppm) REP 14.1A Scanner (32-55 ppm).................................................................................... 4-427 REP 14.2A Exposure Lamp Inverter and Fuse (32-55 ppm)........................................... 4-429 REP 14.3A Document Size Sensors (32-55 ppm) .......................................................... 4-430 REP 14.4A DADH Closed Switch (32-55 ppm) ............................................................... 4-431 REP 14.5A Scanner PWB (32-55 ppm) .......................................................................... 4-432 REP 14.6A CVT Glass, Document Glass and CVT Ramp (32-55 ppm) ......................... 4-433 REP 14.7A Scan Carriage Home Sensor (32-55 ppm) ................................................... 4-434 REP 14.8A Input Module Angle Sensor (32-55 ppm)...................................................... 4-435 REP 14.9A Exposure Lamp (32-55 ppm)........................................................................ 4-436 REP 14.10A Scan Idler Pulleys (32-55 ppm) .................................................................. 4-437 REP 14.11A Scan Motor (32-55 ppm)............................................................................. 4-438 REPs 14B - Scanner (65-75 ppm) REP 14.1B Scanner (65-75 ppm).................................................................................... 4-439 REP 14.2B Top Cover (65-75 ppm) ................................................................................ 4-441 REP 14.3B CVT Glass, CVT Ramp Assembly and Document Glass (65-75 ppm)......... 4-442 REP 14.4B Scan Carriage Home Sensor (65-75 ppm) ................................................... 4-443 REP 14.5B Scan Carriage Assembly (65-75 ppm) ......................................................... 4-444 REP 14.6B Scan Motor and Mounting (65-75 ppm)........................................................ 4-445 REP 14.7B Scan Cables (65-75 ppm)............................................................................. 4-446 REP 14.8B Scan Drive Belt (65-75 ppm) ........................................................................ 4-450 REP 14.9B Input Module Angle Sensor (65-75 ppm)...................................................... 4-451 July 2005 4-4 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.10B Exposure Lamp and Exposure Lamp Inverter (65-75 ppm) ....................... 4-452 REP 14.11B Exposure Lamp Ribbon Harness (65-75 ppm)........................................... 4-453 REP 14.12B Scanner PWB (65-75 ppm) ........................................................................ 4-455 REP 14.13B Scan Carriage Ribbon Cable (65-75 ppm) ................................................. 4-455 REP 14.14B Document Size Sensor 1 and Document Size Sensor 2 (65-75 ppm) ....... 4-456 REPs 16 - Network Controller REP 16.1 Network Controller PWBs Access .................................................................. 4-459 REP 16.2 Network Controller Disk Drive......................................................................... 4-462 ADJs 3 - Registration ADJ 3.1 Registration Setup............................................................................................. 4-463 ADJ 3.2 Magnification Adjustment .................................................................................. 4-463 ADJs 4 - Machine Lubrication ADJ 4.1 Machine Lubrication .......................................................................................... 4-465 ADJs 5 - DADH ADJ 5.1 DADH Drive Belt Adjustment............................................................................. 4-481 ADJ 5.2 DADH Height Adjustment .................................................................................. 4-482 ADJ 5.3 DADH Width Guide Adjustment ........................................................................ 4-484 ADJ 5.4 DADH Cleaning Procedure ............................................................................... 4-484 ADJ 5.5 DADH Registration Adjustment ......................................................................... 4-485 ADJ 5.6 DADH Document Pad ....................................................................................... 4-486 ADJs 6 - ROS ADJ 6.1 ROS Window Cleaning Procedure.................................................................... 4-487 ADJ 6.2 ROS Cleaning Procedure.................................................................................. 4-488 ADJs 7 - Paper Trays ADJ 7.1 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Paper Tray Guide Setting .................................................... 4-489 ADJs 8 - Paper Feed and Registration ADJ 8.1 Transport Drive Belt .......................................................................................... 4-491 ADJ 8.2 Registration Setup............................................................................................. 4-491 ADJs 9 - Xerographics ADJ 9.1 Corotron Cleaning ............................................................................................. 4-493 ADJ 9.2 Image Quality Adjustment Routine.................................................................... 4-493 ADJ 9.3 Developer Magnetic Seal Brush Adjustment ..................................................... 4-494 ADJ 9.4 Xerographics Cleaning...................................................................................... 4-496 ADJs 11-110 - 2K LCSS ADJ 11.1-110 2K LCSS Bin 1 Level................................................................................ 4-497 ADJ 11.2-110 Machine to 2K LCSS Alignment ............................................................... 4-497 ADJ 11.3-110 Hole Punch Position................................................................................. 4-498 ADJs 11-120 - 1K LCSS ADJ 11.1-120 1K LCSS Bin 1 Level................................................................................ 4-499 ADJs 11-130 - HCSS ADJ 11.1-130 Machine to HCSS Alignment.................................................................... 4-501 ADJ 11.2-130 Hole Punch Position................................................................................. 4-501 ADJs 11-170 - HCSSBM ADJ 11.1-170 Machine to HCSS BM Alignment ............................................................. 4-503 ADJ 11.2-170 Hole Punch Position................................................................................. 4-504 ADJ 11.3-170 Stapler Anvil Alignment ............................................................................ 4-505 ADJ 11.4-170 Crease Blade Position.............................................................................. 4-509 ADJ 11.5-170 Booklet Tamping ...................................................................................... 4-512 ADJ 11.6-170 Booklet Compiling Position....................................................................... 4-514 ADJ 11.7-170 Booklet Crease Position........................................................................... 4-517 ADJ 11.8-170 Booklet Staple Position ............................................................................ 4-517 ADJs 14A - Scanner ADJ 14.1A Optics Cleaning Procedure (32-55 ppm)....................................................... 4-519 ADJs 14B - Scanner ADJ 14.1B Optics Cleaning Procedure (65-75 ppm)....................................................... 4-521 ADJ 14.2B Scan Carriage Assembly (65-75 ppm) .......................................................... 4-522 ADJ 14.3B Scan Motor and Scanner Drive Belt (65-75 ppm) ......................................... 4-523 July 2005 4-5 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.1 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 1.1 Power and Control Assembly Parts List on PL 1.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Ensure that E.S.D. procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the IOT PWB and the NVM chip. Make a visual check to ensure that the pins are fully inserted, without being damaged. Use the appropriate tool to remove the NVM chip. 1. Pull out tray 1 and tray 2 approximately 100 mm (4 inches). 2. Disconnect accessories and the output device. 3. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 4. Remove the waste toner bottle door assembly, REP 9.1. 5. Figure 1. Disconnect the ground wires from the ground point. Figure 1 Main frame ground point 2 Remove the ground wires from the ground point 1 Remove the nut July 2005 4-6 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.1 Repairs/Adjustments 6. Figure 2. Remove the cable ties and the ground connection. Figure 2 Cable tie and ground connection 7. Figure 3. Remove the securing screw from the power and control assembly. Figure 3 Power and control assembly Remove cable tie Ground connection Cut cable tie 1 Remove screw 2 Move the power and control assembly to the left July 2005 4-7 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.1 Repairs/Adjustments 8. Figure 4. Disconnect PJ24 and all of the HT leads on the HVPS PWB. Figure 4 HVPS PWB 9. Figure 5. Disconnect the indicated PJs connectors on the IOT PWB. NOTE: PJ33 is only used on 65-75 ppm machines. PJ64 is only used on 45-75 ppm machines. Refer to GP 9 for the IOT sparing strategy. Figure 5 IOT PWB 10. Figure 6. Disconnect all of the PJs from the LVPS. 1 Disconnect PJ24 2 Disconnect all the HT leads on the HVPS PWB July 2005 4-8 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.1 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 6 LVPS 11. Remove the power and control assembly. Replacement If a new LVPS and base module is installed with the HVPS and IOT PWB transferred from the failed LVPS and base module then perform steps 1 to 3. If a new power and control assembly complete with IOT PWB and NVM has been installed then perform steps 1 to 4. If the NVM has not been corrupted, it can be transferred from the IOT PWB on the failed power and control assembly and installed onto the new IOT PWB. This will retain the orig- inal machine configuration and NVM data for the IOT. Figure 7, Ensure that the NVM chip is installed with the notch at the bottom. Improper installation can damage the NVM. Install the new power and control assembly with the original NVM chip on the IOT PWB and perform steps 1 to 3. CAUTION Ensure the HT leads are correctly connected. Do not connect the female spade connector between the male spade connector and the outer casing of the HT leads. CAUTION Do not trap the harnesses when the power and control assembly is installed. Perform the following: 1. Figure 7. Ensure that the bypass tray ribbon cable is routed correctly. Figure 7 Bypass tray ribbon cable 2. Check that PJ148 has not been disconnected on the Main Drive PWB. 3. Figure 8. Ensure that the nut on the ground connection is tightened to secure the ground terminals. 4. Figure 8. Use a digital multimeter set to a resistance range. Verify that continuity exists between the ground pin on PJ 21 and the frame ground connection. PJ10 bypass tray ribbon cable Bypass tray ribbon cable Notch on NVM July 2005 4-9 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.1, REP 1.2 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 8 Ground check 5. Reconnect the power cord and switch on the machine, GP 14. If necessary, reload the software set, GP 4. If the machine is fitted with a network control- ler, the machine will automatically upgrade or downgrade the software when the machine is switched on. NOTE: After the software reload has been completed, the machine resets and gives a message Restoring Configuration Settings. Do not switch off the machine or intervene during this NVM transformation process. 6. Check the machine serial number and the machine configuration, GP 15. REP 1.2 Wiring Harness Repairs Purpose WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Do not attempt any repairs to the power cord or safety ground harness/conductor. NOTE: Safety ground connections use green/yellow cables, or green cables with a yellow stripe or band. NOTE: Refer to PL 31.20 for identification of different connectors and terminal types. The following steps identify the relevant procedures for repairing the various connectors con- tained within the copier. 1. If wiring is damaged, use connector splicing blocks from the appropriate repair kit, PL 31.20, PL 31.25 and PL 31.30, to repair damaged wiring. 2. The following harness assemblies are not repairable; install new parts: Any ribbon harness. Image processing module / LVPS/IOT PWB harness, (32-55 ppm) PL 3.20 Item 14 or (65-75 ppm) PL 3.10 Item 14. ROS data cable, (32-55 ppm) PL 3.20 Item 15, (65-75 ppm) PL 3.10 Item 15. Image processing module / UI harness, (32-55 ppm) PL 3.20 Item 11, (65-75 ppm) PL 3.10 Item 11. Riser PWB/Power distribution PWB harness, (32-55 ppm) PL 3.20 Item 6, (65-75 ppm) PL 3.10 Item 6. (32-55 ppm) Image processing module/CCD PWB harness PL 3.20 Item 9. (65-75 ppm) Image processing module/scanner PWB harness PL 3.10 Item 9. (32-55 ppm) Image processing module/scanner driver PWB, PL 3.20 Item 7. (65-75 ppm) Power distribution PWB/scanner PWB harness, PL 3.10 Item 7. 3. The following connectors can be repaired by removing the faulty terminals and installing new terminals: Molex SL connectors - REP 1.3. Male Hirose DF 1B connectors - REP 1.4. AMP EI connectors - REP 1.5. Hirose DF11 Connectors - REP 1.6. AMP CT connectors - REP 1.7. Main frame ground connection Ground pin on PJ 21 July 2005 4-10 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.3 Repairs/Adjustments REP 1.3 Molex SL Connectors Parts List on PL 31.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: Molex connectors have small black housings in single and double row form with minia- ture square section pins and sockets. 1. If the damaged connector is located in the centre of a double row housing beneath the latching clip, the latching prong will not be accessible to release the connector from the housing. Therefore it will be necessary to disassemble the housing as shown in Figure 1. Figure 1 Disassembling the connector. 2. Figure 2. Remove the terminal from the connector housing using the Molex extractor tool, Table 1. Figure 2 Removing the terminal. 3. Cut off the damaged terminal, then strip 3mm of insulation from the end of the wire. Replacement 1. Table 1. Select the correct replacement terminal, and identify the appropriate crimp posi- tions for the terminal. Refer to PL 31.20 Item 10, and PL 31.20 Item 13. 1 Hold the wires from the bold row connector 2 Attach the Molex connector 5 Pull out A row 4 Pull out B row connector 3 Bend the housing open Table 1 Connector Information Description part No. Extractor Crimp Tool Crimp Tool Jaw Wire insulation Molex SL female 713W00432 600T1825 600T913 B B Molex SL male 713W00232 600T1825 600T913 B B 1 Insert Molex tool 2 Press prong flat 3 Push terminal out of housing using a male terminal from the repair kit July 2005 4-11 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.3 Repairs/Adjustments 2. Figure 3. Insert a male or female terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and close the tool just enough to hold the terminal. Figure 3 Crimping the terminal. 3. Insert the wire fully into the terminal so that the stripped portion of the wire is within the inner grip of the terminal. Close the crimp tool fully to make the crimp. 4. Figure 4. Insert the crimped terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and close the crimp tool, to fasten the insulation of the wire in the outer grip of the terminal. Figure 4 Crimping the insulation grip. July 2005 4-12 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.3, REP 1.4 Repairs/Adjustments 5. Figure 5. Check that the crimp is correctly made. Figure 5 Inspecting the finished crimp. 6. Insert the replacement terminal into the connector housing. 7. If the repair was carried out on a double row connector that needed to be disassembled, push both connectors into the housing taking care that the A connector is fitted on the fastener side. REP 1.4 Male Hirose DF1B Connectors Parts List on PL 31.15 and PL 31.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Figure 1. Remove the damaged terminal from the housing. Figure 1 Remove the terminal 2. Cut off the damaged terminal, then strip 3 mm of insulation from the end of the wire. Replacement CAUTION There are different terminals for large gauge and small gauge wire (Table 1). Ensure that the correct replacement terminal is used. 1. Table 1. Select the correct replacement terminal and identify the appropriate crimp posi- tions for the terminal. Refer to PL 31.15 Item 4 and PL 31.20 Item 1. Correct Incorrect Loose strands of wire Crimp loose Insulation in crimp Wire exposed 1 Raise plastic tab with suitable tool, to release terminal 2 Remove terminal from housing July 2005 4-13 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.4 Repairs/Adjustments NOTE: These connectors can be repaired using either crimp terminals or pre-crimped ter- minals with flying lead and butt connector, as required. 2. Figure 2. Insert the terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and close the tool just enough to hold the terminal. Figure 2 Crimping the terminal. 3. Insert the wire fully into the terminal so that the stripped portion of the wire is within the longer grip of the terminal and the insulation of the wire is within the cable grip of the ter- minal. Close the crimp tool fully to make the crimp; check that the wire is firmly crimped in the terminal. 4. Figure 3. Insert the crimped terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and close the crimp tool to firmly fasten the insulation of the wire in the cable grip of the termi- nal. Figure 3 Crimping the insulation grip. Table 1 Connector Information Description Part No Extractor Crimp Tool Crimp Tool Jaw Wire Insulation Male socket, 20-22 AWG 915W00007 - 600T913 A B Male socket, 24-28 AWG 915W00008 - 600T913 B C Male socket with flying lead (part of Kit) 600K37891 - 600T913 - - July 2005 4-14 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.4, REP 1.5 Repairs/Adjustments 5. Figure 4. Check that the crimp is correctly made. Figure 4 Inspecting the finished crimp. 6. Insert the replacement terminal into the connector housing. REP 1.5 AMP EI Connectors Parts List on PL 31.15 and PL 31.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: The male housings contain socket terminals, and the female housings contain pin ter- minals. 1. Use the extractor tool, Table 1, to release the terminal from the housing. Refer to Figure 1 to identify the male housing and terminal type. Refer to Figure 2 to identify the female housing and the terminal type. Figure 1 Terminal removal; male housing. Correct Incorrect Wire exposed Insulation In crimp Loose strands of wire crimp loose 1 Depress prong to release terminal 2 Remove terminal from housing July 2005 4-15 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.5 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Terminal removal; female housing. 2. Cut off the damaged terminal, then strip 3mm of insulation from the end of the wire. Replacement 1. Table 1. Select the correct replacement terminal and identify the appropriate crimp posi- tions for the terminal. Refer to PL 31.15 Item 1. 2. Figure 3. Insert the terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and close the tool enough to hold the terminal. Figure 3 Crimping the terminal. 3. Insert the wire completely into the terminal, so that the stripped portion of the wire is in the longer grip of the terminal. The insulation of the wire is within the cable grip of the termi- nal. Close the crimp tool completely to make the crimp. Check that the wire is crimped firmly in the terminal. Table 1 Connector Information Description Part No Extractor Crimp Tool Crimp Tool Jaw Wire Insulation Male socket 115P60155 - 600T913 A B Female pin 115P60182 Paper clip 600T913 A B 2 Remove terminal from housing 1 Insert a paper clip to release prong July 2005 4-16 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.5 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Figure 4. Insert the crimped terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and close the crimp tool to firmly fasten the insulation of the wire in the cable grip of the termi- nal. Figure 4 Crimping the insulated grip. 5. Figure 5. Check that the crimp is correctly made. Figure 5 Inspect the finished crimp 6. Insert the replacement terminal into the connector housing. Correct Incorrect Wire exposed Insulation in crimp Crimp loose Loose strands of wire July 2005 4-17 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.6, REP 1.7 Repairs/Adjustments REP 1.6 Hirose DF11 Connectors Parts List on PL 31.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: The male housing contains female terminals that cannot be crimped in the field; if a ter- minal is damaged, install a new terminal with flying lead. 1. Figure 1. Remove the damaged terminal from the connector housing. Figure 1 Terminal removed 2. Cut the damaged terminal off the wire. Replacement 1. Insert the replacement terminal with flying lead into the connector housing. Refer to repair kit PL 31.20 Item 7. 2. Use a butt connector to connect the flying lead to the original wire. REP 1.7 AMP CT Connectors Parts List on sPL 31.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. CAUTION Amp CT connectors use in-line adaptors to connect housings together. Ensure that the correct adaptor is used for each in-line connection (Table 1). Do not attempt to disassemble or repair the in-line adaptors. NOTE: There are two types of CT connector: insulation displacement connector (IDC) or crimp terminal. Repairing crimp terminal CT connectors is performed by installing individual replace- ment terminals with flying leads, connected to the existing wiring with connector splicing blocks (removal steps 2 and 3). Repairing IDC connectors is performed by installing a complete replacement housing with wires already fitted, connected to the existing wiring with connector splicing blocks (removal steps 4 and 5). The replacement procedure is only applicable to crimp terminal connectors. 1. Identify the terminal type. Go to step 2 for a housing containing crimp terminals, or go to step 4 for a housing containing insulation displacement (IDC) terminals. 1 Raise plastic tab with suitable tool, to release terminal 2 Remove terminal from housing July 2005 4-18 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.7 Repairs/Adjustments 2. Figure 1. Remove the damaged crimp terminal from the connector housing. Figure 1 Terminal removal. 3. Cut the damaged crimp terminal off the wire. 4. IDC housings are repaired by installing a complete replacement housing with wires already fitted, connected with connector splicing blocks to the existing wiring. Refer to Table 1. Select the correct replacement connector. 5. Cut one wire from the faulty connector and then reconnect the wire to the appropriate fly- ing lead on the replacement connector. Repeat this process for each wire in turn, until the faulty connector has been fully disconnected and the replacement connector installed in its place. Replacement 1. Insert the replacement crimp terminal with flying lead into the connector housing. Refer to Table 1. 2. Use a connector splicing block to connect the flying lead to the original wire. 1 Raise plastic tab with suitable tool, to release terminal 2 Remove terminal from housing Table 1 Connector Information Description Part No Extractor Crimp Tool Crimp Tool Jaw Wire Insulation IDC replacement con- nector kit (contains 2, 3, 4 and 6 way connectors with flying leads) 600K40640 - - - - IDC replacement con- nector kit (contains 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14 and 15 way connectors with fly- ing leads) 600K40650 - - - - Crimp terminal with fly- ing lead (part of Kit) 600K37901 - - - - In-line adaptor kit (con- tains 2, 3 & 6 way con- nectors) 600K90400 - - - - In-line adaptor kit (con- tains 4, 8 & 15 way con- nectors) 600K90390 - - - - July 2005 4-19 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.8 Repairs/Adjustments REP 1.8 Door Interlock Switch Parts List on PL 1.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Figure 1. Release the door interlock switch. Figure 1 Releasing switch 2. Figure 2. Remove the interlock switch. Figure 2 Removing switch Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the door interlock switch. 1 Insert a steel rule or feeler gauge and push to release the catch. Pull the switch forward 2 Repeat step 1 to release the other side of the switch 1 Rotate the body of the switch to remove. July 2005 4-20 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.9 Repairs/Adjustments REP 1.9 LVPS and Base Module Parts List on PL 1.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the power and control assembly, REP 1.1. 2. Remove the HVPS, IOT PWB and cover assembly from the old LVPS and base module, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove the HVPS, IOT PWB and cover 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Disconnect PJ27 and PJ26 3 Slide the HVPS, IOT PWB and cover assembly to the right, then remove. July 2005 4-21 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.9 Repairs/Adjustments 3. Remove the output device harness from the old LVPS and base module, Figure 2. Figure 2 Harness removal Replacement 1. Remove the cover from the new LVPS and base module, Figure 3. Figure 3 Remove the cover 2. Install the HVPS, IOT PWB and cover assembly onto the new LVPS and base module. Secure with 2 screws. Refer to Figure 1. CAUTION Do not over tighten the hex head screws. The screws break very easily. 3. Install the output device harness onto the new LVPS and base module. Secure with the 2 hex head screws. Refer to Figure 2. 4. Re-install the power and control assembly, refer to REP 1.1. 1 Remove 2 hex head screws 2 Remove the output device harness 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Slide the cover to the right, then remove. July 2005 4-22 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.10 Repairs/Adjustments REP 1.10 HVPS Parts List on PL 1.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 2. Figure 1. Remove the HVPS. Figure 1 Remove the HVPS 1 Disconnect 6 HT connectors 3 Remove 2 screws 2 Disconnect PJ55 4 Remove the HVPS July 2005 4-23 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.10 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the HVPS. 2. Figure 2. Ensure that the white plastic insulator underneath the HVPS is seated correctly on the plastic clips. Figure 2 HVPS insulator and push clips 3. Figure 3. Use a digital multimeter set to a resistance range. Verify that continuity exists between the ground pin on PJ 21 and the frame ground connection. Figure 3 Ground connection check HVPS PWB location tabs Plastic push clips Frame ground connection (32-55 ppm only) Ground pin on PJ21 (65-75 ppm only) Ground pin on PJ21 July 2005 4-24 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 1.10 Repairs/Adjustments July 2005 4-25 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 2.1 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 2.1 User Interface Assembly Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 2.15, (65-75 ppm) PL 2.10. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. CAUTION Ensure that E.S.D. procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the user interface assembly. 1. Open the front door, PL 8.10 Item 10. 2. Remove the user interface assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 User interface assembly Replacement 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before the screws are installed to the user interface assembly. 2. If prompted, reload the software set, GP 4. The WorkCentre and WorkCentre Pro will automatically upgrade or downgrade the software when the machine is switched on, GP 14. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Disconnect PJ130 and PJ81 July 2005 4-26 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 2.2 Repairs/Adjustments REP 2.2 User Interface Touch Screen Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 2.15, (65-75 ppm) PL 2.10. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. CAUTION Ensure that E.S.D. procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the user interface touch screen. 1. Remove the user interface assembly, REP 2.1 2. Put the user interface assembly on a flat surface. CAUTION The cable clamp on JP3 is very fragile and only needs to be lifted slightly to release the Ribbon Cable. 3. Remove the user interface touch screen, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove the touch screen Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before the screws are installed to the user interface assembly 3 Remove four screws 1 Disconnect PJ6 2 Lift the cable clamp to release the ribbon cable July 2005 4-27 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 2.3 Repairs/Adjustments REP 2.3 User Interface PWB Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 2.15, (65-75 ppm) PL 2.10. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. CAUTION Ensure that E.S.D. procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the user interface PWB. 1. Remove the user interface assembly, REP 2.1 2. Put the user interface assembly on a flat surface. CAUTION The cable clamp on JP3 is very fragile and only needs to be lifted slightly to release the Ribbon Cable. 3. Remove the user interface PWB, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove user interface PWB Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before the screws are installed to the user interface assembly 1 Lift the cable clamp to release the ribbon cable 2 Disconnect PJ6 3 Remove eight screws July 2005 4-28 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 2.3 Repairs/Adjustments July 2005 4-29 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 3.1 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 3.1 IOT PWB Parts List on PL 1.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. CAUTION Ensure that E.S.D. procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the IOT PWB and the NVM chip. Make a visual check to ensure that the pins are fully inserted, without being damaged. Use the appropriate tool to remove the NVM chip 1. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 2. Figure 1, disconnect the PJs from the IOT PWB. NOTE: 32-38 ppm IOT PWBs do not have PJ33 and PJ64. 3. Remove the IOT PWB (8 screws). Replacement If a new IOT PWB and NVM has been installed, perform steps 1 and 2. If the NVM has not been corrupted, it can be transferred from the failed IOT PWB and installed onto the new IOT PWB. This will retain the original machine configuration and NVM for the IOT. Ensure that the NVM chip is installed with the notch at the bottom, Figure 1. Improper installation can damage the NVM. Install the new IOT PWB. Ensure the IOT PWB ground contact screw is tight and the spade contact does not damage any components or tracks on the IOT PWB, Figure 2. Ensure the contact faces are clean. Ensure the screw is bright plated and not black. Per- form step 1. Perform the following: 1. Reconnect the power cord and switch on the machine, GP 14. If necessary, reload the software set, GP 4. If the machine is fitted with a network control- ler, the machine will automatically upgrade or downgrade the software when the machine is switched on. NOTE: After the software reload has been completed, the machine resets and gives a message Restoring Configuration Settings. Do not switch off the machine or intervene during this NVM transformation process. 2. Check the machine serial number and the machine configuration, GP 15. Figure 1 IOT PWB Figure 2 IOT PWB ground contact Notch at the bottom NVM IOT PWB ground contact. July 2005 4-30 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 3.2 Repairs/Adjustments REP 3.2 Image Processing Module PWBs Parts List on PL 3.10, PL 3.11, PL 3.15 and PL 3.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Pull out the image processing module, (32-55 ppm) PL 3.20 Item 1 or (65-75 ppm) PL 3.10 Item 1. NOTE: Do not perform steps 2 through 4 if you are only removing the firewire PWB or riser PWB. 2. If installed, remove the foreign interface PWB, (32-55 ppm) PL 3.15 Item 4 or (65-75 ppm) PL 3.11 Item 3 from the image processing PWB. NOTE: Record the location of the EPC memory PWBs before their removal. 3. Remove the EPC memory PWBs, (32-55 ppm) PL 3.20 Item 12 or (65-75 ppm) PL 3.10 Item 12 from the image processing PWB. 4. Remove the software module from the image processing PWB, REP 3.3. 5. Disconnect the PJs from the relevant PWBs: Image processing PWB, (32-55 ppm) PL 3.20 Item 3 or (65-75 ppm) PL 3.10 Item 3. Firewire PWB, (32-55 ppm) PL 3.15 Item 6 or (65-75 ppm) PL 3.11 Item 7. Riser PWB, (32-55 ppm) PL 3.15 Item 3 or (65-75 ppm) PL 3.11 Item 6. 6. Remove the embedded fax module, firewire PWB, riser PWB or image processing PWB, Figure 1. NOTE: 1. Only perform steps 1 to 4 of the removal procedure shown in Figure 1 if an embedded fax module is installed. NOTE: 2. On 32-55 ppm machines, the firewire PWB is installed on the right of the riser PWB, not on the left as shown in Figure 1. It is also secured by 3 screws, not 2 screws. July 2005 4-31 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 3.2 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Image processing module Software module. EPC Memory PWBs. 5 Remove 2 screws (65-75 ppm) or 3 screws (32-55 ppm), then the firewire PWB from the riser PWB. See Note 2. 6 Remove the riser PWB. 4 Remove 1 screw, then the embedded fax module from the riser PWB. 7 (32-55 PPM) Remove 2 screws marked A. (65-75 PPM) Remove 4 screws. 8 Remove 8 screws, then the image processing PWB. 1 Loosen 1 screw. 2 Release the corner of the embedded fax module from the fax clip. 3 Slide the fax clip away from the embedded fax module. 32-55 ppm only July 2005 4-32 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 3.2, REP 3.3 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement 1. (65-75 ppm) If installing a new firewire PWB, replace the mounting bracket with either the mounting bracket from the old firewire PWB, or install a new a mounting bracket, PL 3.11 Item 5. Refer to Figure 2. 2. Ensure the EPC memory PWBs are installed into the correct connectors on the image processing PWB. 3. Connect the power cord and switch on the machine, GP 14. Figure 2 Mounting bracket (65-75 ppm) REP 3.3 Image Processing PWB Software Module Parts List on PL 3.10 and PL 3.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: During this procedure, the most recently saved file on the MRD is required. If possible, save the file from the faulty software module. Be aware that the file on the faulty software mod- ule may be corrupt. NOTE: If the machine does not behave as expected during this procedure, switch off the machine, GP 14, then switch on the machine. 1. Switch off the machine, GP 14. 2. Pull out the image processing module, (32-55 ppm) PL 3.20 Item 1 or (65-75 ppm) PL 3.10 Item 1. 3. If installed, remove the embedded fax PWB, PL 20.10 Item 4. 4. If the machine has a finisher installed, remove the finisher then install a finisher bypass harness, PL 26.10 Item 7. Refer to the relevant procedure: REP 11.11-120 1K LCSS Removal. REP 11.13-110 2K LCSS Undocking. REP 11.19-130 HCSS Un-Docking. REP 11.13-170 HCSS BM Un-Docking. 5. WC232-WCP275 Only. Perform the following: a. Remove the Firewire PWB (32-55 ppm) PL 3.15 Item 6 or (65-75 ppm) PL 3.11 Item 7. b. Disconnect the network controller power supply harness, PL 16.10 Item 2 from PJ17 on the Power and Control Module. c. Disconnect the network controller - firewire cable, PL 16.10 Item 12 from the network controller. 6. Remove the image processing PWB software module, Figure 1. NOTE: Figure 1 does not show a riser PWB. The machine may have a riser PWB installed. 2 Install either the mounting bracket from the old firewire PWB or a new mounting bracket. 1 Remove the existing mounting bracket (2 screws). July 2005 4-33 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 3.3 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Software module removal Replacement Perform the following: 1. Install the new software module, refer to Figure 1. 2. Reconnect the power cord and switch on the machine, GP 14. NOTE: Some or all of the following messages will appear on the UI: Ready to scan your job. Install phase incomplete. Check settings for Tray 1. Machine speed configuration error, power down / ignore. Local interface problem detected. Please switch the machine off / on. 3. Enter dC131. Select chain 3, location 03-001 then chain 8, location 08-001. Make sure the speed of the machine is correct. If necessary, adjust the speed setting. NOTE: These are protected NVM values. A password is required before they can be changed. The password can be obtained via the normal escalation process. 4. Perform a NVM restore, refer to GP 5. NOTE: The following warning may be displayed; The NVM you are trying to restore has been generated from a different version set number. Select Yes to continue. 5. When the restore is complete, close the NVM save and restore tool. The UI should now display Ready to scan. 6. CC232-CC275 Only. Reload the machine software, refer to GP 4. NOTE: This will load the SCD on to the new software module and upgrade the software if necessary. 7. WC232-WCP275 Only. Perform the following: a. Switch off the machine, GP 14. b. Install the firewire PWB. Connect the network controller - firewire cable and the net- work controller power supply harness. c. Switch on the machine, GP 14. NOTE: This will load the SCD on to the new software module and upgrade the soft- ware if necessary. 8. If necessary, switch off the machine, GP 14. Install the finisher then the embedded fax PWB. Switch on the machine, GP 14. 9. Check that the machine has the correct levels of software. 10. Press the Access button. Enter Pathway Options. Select: Go to Tools / System Settings / Time and Date / Set Date and Time a. Set Date: Follow the instructions on the screen to set the correct date. b. Set Time: Select 12 Hour (AM / PM) or 24 Hour clock. Follow the instructions on the screen to set the correct time. c. Press Reboot to exit. 11. Complete the final actions, SCP 6. 1 Release the 2 catches. 2 Remove the soft- ware module. July 2005 4-34 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 3.3 Repairs/Adjustments July 2005 4-35 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.1A Repairs/Adjustments
REP 4.1A Main Drive Module (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 4.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Pull out fuser module approximately 100mm, (4 inches), PL 10.8 Item 1. 2. Drop down short paper path assembly, PL 10.20. 3. Remove the xerographic module, PL 9.20 Item 2, and place in a black bag. 4. Remove left hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 3. 5. Disconnect PJ93 and the bias lead on the developer module, Figure 1. Figure 1 Developer module 6. Remove the two screws securing the developer module, REP 9.2. 7. Pull the developer module out approximately 100mm (4 inches). 8. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 9. Remove the waste toner bottle door assembly, REP 9.1. 10. Remove the ozone filter and duct, PL 9.25 Item 2. 11. Move the power and control assembly to the rear, Figure 2. Figure 2 Power supply CAUTION Take care when removing PJ1 on the IOT PWB, the pins can be easily damaged. 12. Disconnect PJs on the power and control assembly, (32-38 ppm) Figure 3, (45-55 ppm) Figure 4. Disconnect bias lead Disconnect PJ93 1 Remove screw 2 Disconnect PJ24 3 Move Power supply to the rear July 2005 4-36 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.1A Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Power and control assembly Figure 4 Power and control assembly 13. Remove the main frame ground wire, 01A Ground Distribution RAP. 14. Remove the waste toner full sensor, REP 9.4. 15. Unclip the wiring harness from the retaining clip and position the harness away from the drives module, Figure 5. 16. Disconnect PJ57 on the waste toner door switch, Figure 5. Disconnect PJ35 Disconnect PJ1 Disconnect PJ25 Disconnect HT lead C and G Disconnect PJ18 Disconnect PJ2 Disconnect HT lead C and G Disconnect PJ35 and PJ64 Disconnect PJ25 Disconnect PJ18 Disconnect PJ2 Disconnect PJ1 July 2005 4-37 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.1A Repairs/Adjustments Figure 5 Harness and door switch 17. Prepare to remove the main drive assembly, Figure 6. Figure 6 Main drive module 18. Slide the assembly off the location dowels. Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. CAUTION Do not trap the harnesses when the main drives module is located onto the dowels. Take care when reconnecting PJ1 on the IOT PWB, the pins can easily be damaged. Perform the following: 1. It is important that the short paper path assembly is held in the UP position before install- ing the main drives module, Figure 7. 2 Disconnect PJ57 1 Remove harness from the retaining clip 2 Remove 7 silver screws marked A 3 Slide the assembly off the location dowels 1 Disconnect PJ147, PJ148 and PJ149 July 2005 4-38 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.1A Repairs/Adjustments Figure 7 Short paper path assembly 2. If a new main drives module is installed, check that the drive speed is correct. The 32-38 ppm modules have black drive gears, Figure 8. The 45-55 ppm modules have white drive gears, Figure 9. 3. Lubricate the developer module support pin on the main drive module drives plate with Plastislip grease, (32-35 ppm) Figure 8, (45-55 ppm) Figure 9. Figure 8 Main drives module 32-38 ppm Support the short paper path Lubricate the support pin 32-38 ppm black gears. Fuser drive gear July 2005 4-39 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.1A Repairs/Adjustments Figure 9 Main drive module 45-55 ppm 4. Manually rotate the main drive motor to engage the drive between the drives plate and the inverter transport before tightening up the seven mounting screws, Figure 6. 5. If a new drives module or developer drive gear is installed, reset the developer count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. Lubricate the support pin 45-55 ppm white gears Fuser drive gear July 2005 4-40 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.1B Repairs/Adjustments REP 4.1B Main Drive Module (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 4.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Pull out fuser module approximately 100mm, (4 inches), PL 10.10 Item 1. 2. Drop down short paper path assembly, PL 10.20. 3. Remove the xerographic module, PL 9.20 Item 2, and place in a black bag. 4. Remove left hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 3. 5. Disconnect PJ93 and the bias lead on the developer module, Figure 1. Figure 1 Developer module 6. Remove the two screws securing the developer module, REP 9.2. 7. Pull the developer module out approximately 100mm (4 inches). 8. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 9. Remove the waste toner bottle door assembly, REP 9.1. 10. Remove the ozone filter and duct, PL 9.25 Item 2. 11. Move the power and control assembly to the rear, Figure 2. Figure 2 Power supply CAUTION Take care when removing PJ1 on the IOT PWB, the pins can be easily damaged. 12. Disconnect PJs on the power and control assembly, Figure 3. Disconnect bias lead Disconnect PJ93 1 Remove screw 2 Disconnect PJ24 3 Move Power supply to the rear July 2005 4-41 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.1B Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Power and control assembly 13. Remove the main frame ground wire, 01A Ground Distribution RAP. 14. Remove the waste toner full sensor, REP 9.4. 15. Unclip the wiring harness from the retaining clip and position the harness away from the drives module, Figure 4. 16. Disconnect PJ57 on the waste toner door switch, Figure 4. Figure 4 Harness and door switch 17. Prepare to remove the main drive assembly, Figure 5. Disconnect PJ35, PJ64 Disconnect PJ1 Disconnect PJ25 Disconnect HT lead C and G Disconnect PJ18 Disconnect PJ2 2 Disconnect PJ57 1 Remove harness from the retaining clip July 2005 4-42 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.1B Repairs/Adjustments Figure 5 Main drive module 18. Slide the assembly off the location dowels. Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. CAUTION Do not trap the harnesses when the main drives module is located onto the dowels. Take care when reconnecting PJ1 on the IOT PWB, the pins can easily be damaged. Perform the following: 1. It is important that the short paper path assembly is held in the UP position before install- ing the main drives module, Figure 6. Figure 6 Short paper path assembly CAUTION The belt tensioners are of the floating type, and are spring loaded. They should not be locked down. 2. Lubricate the developer module support pin on the main drive module drives plate with Plastislip grease, Figure 7. 2 Remove 7 silver screws marked A 3 Slide the assembly off the location dowels 1 Disconnect PJ147, PJ148 and PJ149 Support the short paper path July 2005 4-43 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.1B Repairs/Adjustments Figure 7 Main drives module 3. Manually rotate the main drive motor to engage the drive between the drives plate and the inverter transport before tightening up the seven mounting screws, Figure 5. 4. Rotate the jam clearance knob 4c and ensure that the registration shaft turns freely. 5. If a new drives module or developer drive gear is installed, reset the developer count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. Lubricate the support pin July 2005 4-44 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.2A Repairs/Adjustments REP 4.2A Main Drive PWB (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 4.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the fly wheel (3 short screws), Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove the fly wheel 3. Remove the main drive PWB, Figure 2. Figure 2 Main drive PWB Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Remove 3 short screws 2 Remove the fly wheel 2 Remove 6 black screws marked A 1 Disconnect 7 PJs marked B 3 Remove main drive motor July 2005 4-45 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.2B Repairs/Adjustments REP 4.2B Main Drive PWB (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 4.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the main drive module, REP 4.1B. 2. Remove the P/Js from the main drive PWB, Figure 1. Figure 1 Disconnect the PJs 3. Remove the main drive PWB, Figure 2. Figure 2 Main drive PWB 4. Remove the drives support bracket on the main drive module, Figure 3. Then remove the drive belt and the main drive PWB, 2 Disconnect PJ144 1 Disconnect PJ146, PJ154 and PJ151. Remove 4 screws July 2005 4-46 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.2B Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Drives support bracket Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. CAUTION The belt tensioners are of the floating type, and are spring loaded. They should not be locked down. 1. Ensure that the drives bracket is located in the tabs on the drives plate, Figure 4. Then secure the main drive PWB to the drives plate. Figure 4 Main drive PWB location 2. Ensure that the support bracket on the main drive module is located correctly with the drive shafts and the collar, Figure 5. Then secure the support bracket. Figure 5 Main drive module support bracket 3. Before installing the main drive module turn the drive gears by hand to position the drive belts correctly on the drive gears. 1 Remove 6 screws 2 Remove the support bracket 3 Remove the main drive PWB 1 Ensure that the tabs are located in the bracket Position the collar All three shaft are located correctly in the bracket July 2005 4-47 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.3A Repairs/Adjustments REP 4.3A Main Drive Belt and Drive Gears (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 4.17 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the main drive module, REP 4.1A. 2. To remove the main drive belt, (32-38 ppm), refer to Figure 1. To remove the main drive belt, (45-55 ppm), refer to Figure 2. Figure 1 Main drive belt 32-38 ppm Figure 2 Main drive belt 45-55 ppm 3. Refer to Figure 3, to remove the items that follow: Fuser drive gear. Registration transport drive gear. Developer drive gear. 3 Remove the drive belt 1 Remove the circlip and gear 2 Slip the drive belt over the pulley on the belt tensioner 1 Remove the circlip and gear 2 Slip the drive belt over the pulley on the belt tensioner 3 Remove the drive belt July 2005 4-48 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.3A Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Remove the drive gears Replacement CAUTION The spring loaded belt tensioner, Figure 1 is a floating type and should not be locked down. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. If a new developer drive gear is installed, reset the developer count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. 1 Remove circlip and intermedi- ated drive gear. 2 Remove the circlip and the fuser drive gear Remove the circlip and the registration transport drive gear Remove the circlip and the developer drive gear July 2005 4-49 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.3B Repairs/Adjustments REP 4.3B Main Drive Belts and Drive gears (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 4.12 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the main drive module, REP 4.1B. 2. Remove the drives support bracket, Figure 1. Figure 1 Drives support bracket 3. Refer to Figure 2, to remove the following: Main drive belt 2 Fuser drive gear Output paper path drive gear Intermediate drive gear Figure 2 Remove drive belt 2 4. Refer to Figure 3, to remove the following: Main drive belt 1 Developer drive gear Registration drive gear Figure 3 Remove drive belt 1 1 Remove six screws 2 Remove the support bracket 1 Remove circlip and intermediate drive gear 2 Remove drive belt 2 Remove circlip and fuser drive gear / pulley Remove circlip, output paper path drive gear and the spring 1 Remove drive belt 1 Remove circlip and registration drive pulley Remove circlip and developer drive gear / pulley July 2005 4-50 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.3B Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. CAUTION The belt tensioners are of the floating type, and are spring loaded. They should not be locked down. 1. Ensure that the support bracket on the main drive module is located correctly on the drive shafts and the collar, Figure 4. Figure 4 Main drive module support bracket 2. Turn the drive gears by hand to position the drive belts correctly on the drive gears and tensioner rolls. 3. If a new developer drive gear is installed, reset the developer count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. Position the collar All three shaft are located correctly in the bracket July 2005 4-51 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.4 Repairs/Adjustments REP 4.4 Photoreceptor Drive Gear Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 4.15, (65-75 ppm) PL 4.10. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. CAUTION When the drive gear is removed from the shaft, the dowel pin may drop onto the IOT PWB or LVPS. 2. Remove the photoreceptor drive gear, Figure 1. Figure 1 Photoreceptor drive gear Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. NOTE: Turn the drive shaft, so that the dowel pin is horizontal then locate the drive gear onto the drive shaft. 1 Remove three short screws and the fly wheel 2 Remove the screw and collar 3 Remove the drive gear and the dowel pin July 2005 4-52 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 4.4 Repairs/Adjustments July 2005 4-53 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.1 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.1 Top Cover Assembly Parts List on PL 5.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the DADH top cover. 2. Remove the DADH top cover assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Top cover Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the latch pins are installed correctly, refer to Figure 1. 1 Disengage the hinges. 2 Remove the screw and the plastic bushing (front and back). 3 Remove the 2 latch pins. Take note of the position of latch pins. 4 Remove the top cover assembly. July 2005 4-54 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.2 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.2 Top Access Cover Assembly Parts List on PL 5.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the DADH top cover. 2. If installed, remove the rear wall, PL 8.10 Item 6. 3. Remove the DADH rear cover, PL 5.10 Item 1. 4. Remove the DADH top cover assembly, REP 5.1. 5. Remove the DADH top access cover assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Top access cover assembly Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the 2 springs on the idler roll are in the correct position, Figure 2. Then install the top cover. Figure 2 Torsion springs 2 Remove the screw and the bracket. 3 Remove the top access cover assembly. 1 Disconnect PJ191 and the ground harness. Takeaway idler roll torsion spring CVT idler roll torsion spring July 2005 4-55 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.3 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.3 Feed Assembly Parts List on PL 5.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Open the DADH top cover. 2. If installed, remove the rear wall, PL 8.10 Item 6. 3. Remove the DADH rear cover, PL 5.10 Item 1. 4. Remove the feed roll assembly, REP 5.14. 5. Remove the feed assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Feed assembly Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2 Remove 4 self tapping screws marked A. 1 Disengage the hinges. 4 Release the harness. 3 Disconnect PJ183, PJ184 and PJ187. 5 Disconnect the ground harness. 6 Remove the feed assembly. July 2005 4-56 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.4 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.4 Input Tray Assembly Parts List on PL 5.35 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 2. Remove the feed assembly, REP 5.3. NOTE: To release the tension of the drive belts, refer to ADJ 5.1. 3. Remove the input tray assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Input tray assembly Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Perform the steps that follow: The feed motor and the CVT motor, belt tension adjustment, ADJ 5.1. DADH Width Guide Adjustment, ADJ 5.3. 7 Remove 3 self tapping screws marked A. 3 Release the tension and disengage the drive belt. 4 Release the harness. 5 Disconnect PJ190. 2 Disconnect the ground harness. 6 Loosen the screw. 8 Remove the input tray assembly. 1 Release the tension on the CVT motor drive belt. July 2005 4-57 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.5 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.5 Baffle Assembly Parts List on PL 5.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 2. Remove the top access cover assembly, REP 5.2. 3. Remove the feed assembly, REP 5.3. 4. Remove the input tray assembly, REP 5.4. 5. Remove the CVT roll, REP 5.15. 6. Prepare to remove the baffle assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparation CAUTION When the top access cover assembly, feed assembly, input tray assembly and CVT roll are removed the DADH structure is weak. Do not lower the DADH in this configuration. 7. Carefully install the DADH frame on the machine. Secure the DADH with the two thumb- screws. CAUTION Be careful to prevent damage to the document pad when the document pad is removed from the baffle assembly. 8. Slide the baffle assembly lower cover, Figure 2. 1 Disconnect the link arm. 4 Disconnect PJ189. 2 Disconnect the ground harness. 3 Release the harness. July 2005 4-58 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.5 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Lower cover CAUTION Take care removing the baffle assembly, do not damage the solenoid link arm. 9. Remove the baffle assembly, Figure 3. Figure 3 Baffle assembly Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the torsion springs and harness are in the correct position, Figure 4. 1 Carefully remove the left hand end of the document pad from the baffle assembly. 2 Remove 2 screws. DADH frame. 4 To help the removal of the baffle assembly, slide the lower cover approximately 40mm (1.5 inches) away from the document pad. 3 Disengage the lugs in the lower cover. 2 Disengage the hinge pin. 4 Remove the baffle assembly. Solenoid link arm. 1 Feed the harness and ground harness through the frame. 3 Slide the tab through slot in DADH frame. July 2005 4-59 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.5 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Torsion springs and harness Torsion springs. Route the harness. July 2005 4-60 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.6 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.6 Takeaway Roll Assembly Parts List on PL 5.35 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the feed assembly, REP 5.3. CAUTION Disconnect the ground harness from the static eliminator before the input tray assembly lower cover is removed. 2. Remove the input tray assembly, REP 5.4. 3. Turn the input tray assembly upside down. Remove the input tray assembly lower cover (6 self tapping screws), PL 5.35 Item 9. NOTE: To release the tension of the drive belt on the feed motor, refer to ADJ 5.1. 4. Remove the takeaway roll assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Takeaway roll assembly Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the spacers and E-clips are installed correctly, refer to Figure 1. 1 Release the tension and disengage the drive belt. 3 Slide the bearing forward. 2 Remove 2 E-clips. 4 Remove the takeaway roll assembly. White spacers. Black spacer. July 2005 4-61 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.7 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.7 Duplex Solenoid Parts List on PL 5.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH rear cover, PL 5.10 Item 1. 2. If installed, remove the rear wall, PL 8.10 Item 6. 3. Prepare to remove the drive assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Drives assembly NOTE: To release the tension on the drive belts, refer to ADJ 5.1. 4. Remove the drive assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Drives assembly 5. Remove the duplex solenoid, Figure 3. 2 Remove 3 self tapping screws marked A. 4 Release the harnesses. 5 Disconnect PJ186. 3 Disconnect PJ203 and PJ204. 1 Disconnect 3 ground harnesses. 2 Release the harness. 1 Release the tension and disengage the drive belts. 3 Remove the drive assembly. July 2005 4-62 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.7 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Duplex solenoid Replacement CAUTION The screw that attaches the ground harness to the duplex solenoid is shorter than the other screws. Do not use the incorrect screw. CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure that the wiring is not caught below the drive assembly. 2. Perform the DADH motor adjustment, ADJ 5.1. 2 Remove the screws. 4 Disconnect the ground harness. 3 Disconnect PJ205. 5 Release the duplex sole- noid from the clips. 1 Disconnect the link arm. July 2005 4-63 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.8 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.8 Takeaway and CVT Sensor Parts List on PL 5.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH top cover assembly, REP 5.1. 2. Remove the takeaway or CVT sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Takeaway and CVT sensors Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into plastic component, refer to GP 6 The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the spring plate and idler roll torsion springs are in the correct position. Also make sure that the CVT sensor actuator is in the correct position below the CVT roll and the idler shaft. Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2. Then install the top cover assembly, Figure 2 Torsion springs 1 Remove the screw. CVT sensor. Takeaway sensor. 2 Disconnect the correct PJ. Remove the correct sensor. Spring plate. CVT idler roll shaft. Takeaway idler roll torsion spring CVT idler roll torsion spring July 2005 4-64 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.9 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.9 Length Detect Sensors Parts List on PL 5.35 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the input tray assembly, REP 5.4. CAUTION Disconnect the ground harness from the static eliminator before the input tray assembly lower cover is removed, refer to Figure 1. 2. Turn the input tray assembly upside down. Remove the input tray assembly lower cover (8 self tapping screws), PL 5.35 Item 9. 3. Remove the length detect sensors, Figure 1. Figure 1 Length detect sensors Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ground harness. See CAUTION. 2 Disconnect the correct PJ. Remove the correct sensor. Length sensor 1. Length sensor 2. 1 Remove the ground harness and bracket. July 2005 4-65 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.10 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.10 Registration Sensor Parts List on PL 5.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH, top cover assembly, REP 5.1. 2. Remove the registration sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Registration sensor Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the torsion spring is installed correctly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Torsion spring 1 Remove 2 screws. 2 Carefully release the torsion spring. 3 Remove the pre-scan idler roll. 4 Remove the sensor assembly. 5 Disconnect PJ192. Remove the registration sensor Torsion spring. July 2005 4-66 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.11 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.11 Exit Sensor Parts List on PL 5.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Raise the DADH. CAUTION Be careful to prevent damage to the document pad when the document pad is removed from the baffle assembly. 2. Prepare to remove the exit sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparation 3. Remove the exit sensor, Figure 2. 1 Carefully remove the left hand end of the document pad from the baffle assembly. 2 Remove 2 screws. 3 Disengage the lugs in the lower cover. 4 Remove the lower cover. July 2005 4-67 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.11 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Exit sensor Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Disconnect PJ196. Remove the exit sensor. July 2005 4-68 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.12 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.12 DADH Counterbalance Parts List on PL 5.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Do not remove the DADH while the DADH is lowered. In the lowered position the coun- terbalance springs are compressed and can cause injury when released. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 2. Put the DADH upside down on a solid flat surface. NOTE: The counterbalances are different. Each counterbalance is marked L or R to indicate left or right. The removal procedure for the two counterbalances is same. 3. Remove the correct counterbalance, right, PL 5.10 Item 2 (4 screws) or left, PL 5.10 Item 4 (4 screws). Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the ground tags are attached when the counterbalances are installed Figure 1. 2. Perform the steps that follow: DADH height adjustment, ADJ 5.2. DADH skew adjustment, ADJ 5.5. Figure 1 Ground tags The left counterbalance ground tag. The right counterbalance ground tag. July 2005 4-69 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.13 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.13 Exit Roll Assembly Parts List on PL 5.35 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the feed assembly, REP 5.3. 2. Remove the input tray assembly, REP 5.4. CAUTION Disconnect the ground harness from the static eliminator before the input tray assembly lower cover is removed, refer to Figure 1. 3. Turn the input tray assembly upside down. Remove the input tray assembly lower cover (8 self tapping screws), PL 5.35 Item 9. 4. Remove the exit roll assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Exit roll assembly Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the spacers and E-clips are installed correctly, refer to Figure 1. Ground harness. See CAUTION. 1 Remove the exit roll assembly. Black spacers. E-clip. July 2005 4-70 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.14 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.14 Feed Roll Assembly Parts List on PL 5.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the DADH top cover. 2. Remove the DADH feed roll assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Feed roll assembly Replacement 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. When the feed rolls are installed, make sure the lowest roll, (retard roll), is position on the assembly as shown in Figure 2. 2. If a new feed roll assembly is installed, select dC131 chain 5, location 05-001 and reset the copy count to zero. 3. If a new feed roll assembly is installed, reset the DADH feed count to zero in the HFSI fea- ture screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency Service Items. 1 Completely raise the feed roll assembly (2 clicks). 2 Raise the feed roll assembly cover. 3 Remove the feed roll assem- bly. NOTE: There are three rollers on the feed roll cartridge. If the lower feed roll does not come out with feed roll assembly, then remove it separately from the machine. July 2005 4-71 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.14 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Retard roll position Retard roll Key July 2005 4-72 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.15 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.15 Duplex Gate, CVT Roll and CVT Motor, Drive Belt Parts List on PL 5.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the feed assembly, REP 5.3. 2. Remove the input tray assembly, REP 5.4. NOTE: To release the tension of the drive belt for the CVT motor, refer to ADJ 5.1. 3. Remove the duplex gate. If the CVT roll is removed, disengage the CVT roll drive belt, Figure 1. Figure 1 Duplex gate CAUTION When the top access cover assembly, feed assembly, input tray assembly and CVT roll are removed the DADH structure is weak. Do not lower the DADH in this configuration 4. Carefully install the DADH frame on the machine. Secure the DADH with the 2 thumb- screws. 5. Disengage the back CVT roll bearing, Figure 2. Figure 2 Bearing 6. Remove the CVT roll and CVT motor, drive belt, Figure 3. 1 Lift out the duplex gate. 2 Release the tension and dis- engage the CVT roll drive belt. 1 Compress the two ends of the bearing together. 2 Push the bearing to disengage. July 2005 4-73 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.15 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 CVT roll Replacement 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the white washer is installed correctly, Figure 4. 2. Perform the DADH CVT motor adjustment, refer to ADJ 5.1. Figure 4 Replacement 1 Remove the CVT roll. 2 Remove the CVT motor drive belt. CVT roll. White washer. July 2005 4-74 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.16 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.16 Document Width Sensor Parts List on PL 5.35 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the feed assembly, REP 5.3. 2. Remove the input tray assembly, REP 5.4. CAUTION Disconnect the ground harness from the static eliminator before the input tray assembly lower cover is removed, refer to Figure 1. 3. Turn the input tray assembly upside down. Remove the input tray assembly lower cover (8 screws), PL 5.35 Item 9. 4. Remove the document width sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Document width sensor Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the document width sensor arm is attached correctly, refer to Figure 1. 2. Perform the DADH Width Guide Adjustment, ADJ 5.3. 1 Release the harness. 2 Disconnect PJ193. 3 Remove the document width sensor. arm Ground harness. July 2005 4-75 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.17 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.17 Input Tray Static Eliminator Parts List on PL 5.35 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the input tray assembly, REP 5.4. CAUTION Disconnect the ground harness from the static eliminator before the input tray assembly lower cover is removed, refer to Figure 1 2. Turn the input tray assembly upside down. Remove the input tray assembly lower cover (8 self tapping screws), PL 5.35 Item 9. 3. Remove the input tray static eliminators, Figure 1. Figure 1 Static eliminators Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Remove the correct static eliminator. Ground harness. July 2005 4-76 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.18 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.18 Exit Roll Idler Parts List on PL 5.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the baffle assembly lower cover, PL 5.30 Item 1. 2. Remove the baffle assembly, REP 5.5. 3. Prepare to remove the exit roll idlers, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparation 4. Remove the exit roll idlers, Figure 2. Figure 2 Exit roll idlers Replacement CAUTION Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component, refer to GP 6. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the torsion spring and document finger are installed correctly, refer to Figure 3. 1 Release the link arm. 2 Raise one end of the exit roll idler shaft, then release the lift bar. 3 Remove the lift bar and link arm. 1 Carefully remove the tor- sion spring and the docu- ment finger. 2 Lift out the exit roll idlers. 3 Remove the 2 bearings. July 2005 4-77 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.18 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Torsion spring and document finger Torsion spring. Document finger. July 2005 4-78 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 5.19 Repairs/Adjustments REP 5.19 DADH Removal Parts List on PL 5.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Do not remove the DADH while the DADH is lowered. In the lowered position the coun- terbalance springs are compressed and can cause injury when released. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. If installed, remove the rear wall, PL 8.10 Item 6 and the left rear wall bracket assembly, PL 8.10 Item 16. 2. Disconnect the communication/power cable, PL 5.10 Item 6 and the DADH ground har- ness, PL 5.10 Item 11. 3. Raise the DADH. WARNING Use safe handling procedures when removing the module, GP 16. The module is heavy. NOTE: The DADH weight is 13Kg (29lb.). 4. Remove the DADH from the machine, Figure 1. Figure 1 DADH removal Replacement 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. If a new DADH is installed, perform the steps that follow: a. Attach the document pad, refer to ADJ 5.6. b. DADH Width Guide Adjustment, ADJ 5.3. c. Select dC131 chain 5, location 05-001. Reset the copy count to zero. d. Reset the DADH feed count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency Service Items. 3. Perform the steps that follow: DADH height adjustment, ADJ 5.2. DADH skew adjustment, ADJ 5.5. 1 Remove 2 thumbscrews. 2 Remove the DADH. July 2005 4-79 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 6.1 Repairs/Adjustments REP 6.1 ROS Parts List on PL 6.10 Removal WARNING Avoid exposure to laser beam. Invisible laser radiation. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the scanner, REP 14.1A Scanner (32-55 ppm) or REP 14.1B Scanner (65-75 ppm). CAUTION Take care not to damage the wiring at the rear of the ROS. 2. Figure 1, remove the ROS. Figure 1 ROS removal 1 Remove screw 2 Slide the ROS to the rear to align cut out. Lift the rear of the ROS. See Caution 3 Slide the ROS to the rear to clear the front dowels, then lift up and out. 4 Disconnect the harnesses at the ROS then remove the ROS Front Rear July 2005 4-80 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 6.1 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the ROS. CAUTION Ensure that the harnesses are not damaged when the ROS is installed. 1. If installing a new ROS, ensure that the ROS is the correct speed for the machine: A 32-38 ppm ROS has a serial number beginning with 35 or 36. A 45-55 ppm ROS has a serial number beginning with 55 or 56. A 65-75 ppm ROS has a serial number beginning with 75. NOTE: Refer to Figure 2 for the location of the serial number. 2. Figure 2. Ensure that the harness is routed correctly. Figure 2 ROS harness routing 3. Go to dC604 Registration Setup, check/adjust the registration. 4. Perform ADJ 9.2 Image Quality Adjustment Routine. Serial number. (Underneath) Harness routing July 2005 4-81 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.1 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 7.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Removal Parts List on PL 7.10 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the tray 1 or tray 2, Figure 1. NOTE: The removal procedure for tray 1 and tray 2 is same. Figure 1 Tray 1 and tray 2 removal Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Pull the tray out and lift to remove Tray stop Tray stop July 2005 4-82 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.2 Repairs/Adjustments REP 7.2 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Removal Parts List on PL 7.15 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the paper from the two trays. 2. Remove the right hand cover, PL 7.25 Item 2. 3. Remove the tray 3 and tray 4 front cover, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tray 3 and tray 4 front covers removal 4. Remove the stops, Figure 2. If Tray 4 needs to be removed then remove Tray 3 first. If only Tray 3 is to be removed then do not remove the left hand stop. Figure 2 Tray 3 and tray 4 rail stops 5. Lift and pull to remove the tray complete with the guide rails. Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 when refitting the screws to secure tray 3 and tray 4 front covers. NOTE: When installing tray 3 or tray 4 ensure that the tray rails are located correctly in the base of the HCF, Figure 3. 1 Remove 3 screws (tray 3) 3 Remove 2 screws (tray 4) 2 Use a small screw driver to remove the front cover from tray 3 3 Remove left hand stop (tray 4) 1 Remove right hand stop (tray 3) 2 Remove centre stop July 2005 4-83 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.2 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Location of the tray rails Tray 4 rail location Tray 3 rail location July 2005 4-84 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.3 Repairs/Adjustments REP 7.3 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Elevator Motor Parts List on PL 7.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Pull out tray 3 and tray 4. 2. Remove the network controller if installed, PL 16.10. 3. Remove the rear cover from the HCF, PL 7.25 Item 1. 4. Disconnect PJ395 or PJ397 elevator motor harness from the HCF control PWB, 5. Disconnect the harness from the low paper sensor on the elevator motor. 6. Remove the tray 3 or tray 4 elevator motor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Elevator motor removal Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Tray 4 elevator motor 1 Remove the screw Tray 3 elevator motor 2 Remove the elevator motor HCF control PWB Low paper sen- sor Timing disc July 2005 4-85 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.4 Repairs/Adjustments REP 7.4 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Elevator Cables Parts List on PL 7.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. NOTE: The elevator drives at the front and at the rear are similar for both trays. 1. Remove tray 3 or tray 4, REP 7.2. 2. Remove the cables from the front drive pulley, Figure 1. Figure 1 Front elevator cable removal 3. Remove the pulley carrier and pass the cables through the base of the tray, Figure 2. NOTE: Short cable over the outer pulley and the long cable over the inner pulley. Figure 2 Remove front elevator cables 4. Remove the tray 3 rear elevator cable, Figure 3. 1 Remove E clip 2 Remove the short cable from the drive pulley. 3 Remove the long cable from the drive pulley. Tray 4 drive shaft Remove cables Tray 3 drive shaft Tray 4 pulley carrier Tray 3 pulley carrier July 2005 4-86 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.4 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Tray 3 rear cable removal 5. Remove the tray 4 rear elevator cable, Figure 4. Figure 4 Tray 4 rear cable removal Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Tray 3 front cables. 1. Thread the short cable over the inner groove on the pulley 2. Thread the long cable over the outer groove on the pulley. Tray 3 rear cable. Thread the medium length cable over the inner groove on the pulley. Tray 4 front cables. 1. Thread the long cable over the inner groove on the pulley 2. Tread the short cable over the outer groove on the pulley. Tray 4 rear cable. Thread the medium length cable over the outer groove on the pulley. 1 Remove E-clip 5 Remove the cable from the drive pulley. 4 Remove the drive dog and cap 6 Pass cable through the base of the tray 2 Remove the metal plate if fitted 3 Remove the pulley carrier 2 Remove the drive dog and end cap 1 Remove E-clip 3 Remove the cable from the drive pulley 6 Pass the cable through the base of the tray 4 Remove 3 pulley carrier 5 Remove the metal plate if fitted July 2005 4-87 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.5 Repairs/Adjustments REP 7.5 Bypass Tray and Left Hand Door Assembly Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 7.35, (65-75 ppm) PL 7.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the waste toner bottle and door, REP 9.1. 3. Remove the plastic cover from the feed assembly, PL 8.25 Item 1. 4. Prepare to remove the bypass tray, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparation 5. Remove upper left hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 3. 6. Pull out the extender tray on the bypass tray. 7. Remove the bypass tray, Figure 2. NOTE: Check that the point of the hinge pin has not damaged the ribbon cable. Figure 2 Bypass tray hinge pin Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: When replacing the hinge pin do not damage the ribbon cable. 1 Disconnect PJ10 on the IOT PWB 2 Unclip the ribbon cable Left hand door and bypass tray 1 Remove the hinge pin Ribbon cable 2 Remove the left door and bypass tray July 2005 4-88 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.6 Repairs/Adjustments REP 7.6 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Guide Latch Parts List on PL 7.10 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the paper and remove the tray, REP 7.1. 2. Unlock the side guide stop, Figure 1. Figure 1 Unlock the side guide stop 3. Remove the side guide stop, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove the side guide stop 4. Slide the rear side guide assembly to the front of the tray. 5. Remove the side guide assembly, Figure 3. Figure 3 Remove the side guide assembly 6. Remove the catch, Figure 4. 1 Press the two tabs together 2 Move the side guide stop to the cut out 1 Align the tabs with the cut outs in the tray base 2 Remove the side guide stop 1 Lift the tab with a small screwdriver 2 Move the side guide assembly and remove July 2005 4-89 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.6 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Remove the catch 7. Remove the paper guide latch, Figure 5. Figure 5 Remove the latch Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1. Locate the latch, Figure 6. 1 Press the tabs together 2 Push the catch down to remove 1 Use a small screwdriver to release the tabs on both sides of the latch 2 Remove the latch July 2005 4-90 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.6 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 6 Locate the latch 2. Locate the side guide assembly in the base of the tray, Figure 7. Figure 7 Locate the side guide assembly 1 Press the tabs together 2 Push the latch down until it locks into position 1 Position the side guide assem- bly over the cut outs 2 Press down on the two tabs and slide to the rear July 2005 4-91 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.7 Repairs/Adjustments REP 7.7 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Limit and Stack Height Sensor Parts List on PL 8.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Pull out Tray 3 or tray 4, PL 7.15 Item 3. 2. Remove the network controller, PL 16.10. 3. Remove the rear cover, PL 7.25 Item 1. 4. Remove the required paper feed assembly: Tray 3 paper feed assembly, REP 8.2. Tray 4 paper feed assembly, REP 8.3. 5. Disconnect and remove the stack limit and height sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Stack limit and height sensor Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Stack limit switch Stack height sensor July 2005 4-92 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.8 Repairs/Adjustments REP 7.8 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Stack Limiter Parts List on PL 7.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove tray 3, REP 7.2. 2. Perform the following: To remove the tray 3 stack limiter and bracket, Figure 1. To remove the tray 4 stack limiter and bracket, Figure 2. Figure 1 Tray 3 stack limiter and bracket Figure 2 Tray 4 stack limiter and bracket 3. Remove the stack limiter from the bracket. Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Use a small screwdriver to lift and hold the tab 2 Slide the bracket to the front 2 Slide the bracket to the front 1 Use a small screwdriver to press down the tab to release the bracket July 2005 4-93 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.9 Repairs/Adjustments REP 7.9 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Home Switch Parts List on PL 7.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. The removal procedure is the same for tray 3 and tray 4. 1. Pull out Tray 3 or Tray 4. 2. Remove the network controller, PL 16.10. 3. Remove the rear cover, PL 7.25 Item 1. 4. Remove the tray home switch and holder, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tray home switch and holder 5. Remove the tray home switch, Figure 2. Figure 2 Tray home switch 1 Remove screw 2 Lift and remove the holder 1 Release harness 2 Press the tabs to release the switch 3 Disconnect the har- ness July 2005 4-94 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.9 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the tabs on the switch holder locates correctly in the holes in the base, Figure 3. Figure 3 Holder location Tabs on the holder Location holes in the base July 2005 4-95 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.10 Repairs/Adjustments REP 7.10 HCF Control PWB Parts List on PL 7.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. CAUTION Ensure that E.S.D. procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the HCF Control PWB. 1. Remove the network controller, PL 16.10. 2. Remove the rear cover, PL 7.25 Item 1. 3. Remove the HCF Control PWB, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove the HCF control PWB Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. After completing the replacement procedure, perform dC604 Registration Setup. 1 Disconnect all PJ connectors 2 Remove the screw 3 Press the clip to release the PWB July 2005 4-96 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.11 Repairs/Adjustments REP 7.11 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Elevator Damper Parts List on PL 7.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present can cause injury. 1. Remove tray 3 or tray 4, REP 7.2. 2. To remove the damper from tray 3, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tray 3 damper 3. To remove the damper from tray 4, Figure 2. Figure 2 Tray 4 damper Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 1 Remove the screw 2 Lift and remove the damper 1 Remove the screw 2 Lift and remove the damper July 2005 4-97 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.12 Repairs/Adjustments REP 7.12 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Size Cams Parts List on PL 7.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present can cause injury. 1. Remove the output device. 2. Remove the right hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 9. 3. Remove tray 1 or tray 2 leaf spring, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove the leaf springs 4. Remove the cams for tray 1 or tray 2, Figure 2. NOTE: The cams are the same for tray 1 and for tray 2. The small cam is for the tray home position and the larger cams are for the paper size position. Figure 2 Remove the cams Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. Remove the screw and leaf spring for Tray 2 Remove the screw and leaf spring for Tray 1. 1 Remove the tray home cam 2 Remove the 4 paper size cams July 2005 4-98 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 7.12 Repairs/Adjustments July 2005 4-99 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.1 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 8.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Feed Assembly Parts List on PL 8.26 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove tray 1 and tray 2. 2. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 3. Remove the waste toner bottle and door, REP 9.1. 4. Move the power and control assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Power and control assembly 5. Remove the cover from the feed assembly, PL 8.25 Item 1. CAUTION Do not catch on the feed sensor actuators on the feed sensors when the feed assembly is removed. 6. Remove tray 1 and 2 paper feed assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Paper feed assembly 7. To remove tray 1 paper feed assembly, Figure 3. 1 Remove the screw 2 Move the power supply to the left 1 Disconnect connectors 3 Remove 5 screws 2 Remove drive belt 5 Disconnect PJ10 and unclip the ribbon cable 6 Remove the feed assembly 4 Disconnect connector July 2005 4-100 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.1 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Remove tray 1 paper feed 8. To remove tray 2 paper feed assembly, Figure 4. Figure 4 Remove tray 2 paper feed 1 Remove 3 screws 2 Disconnect PJ connector at the rear of the socket 1 Remove 3 screws 2 Disconnect PJ connector at the rear of the socket July 2005 4-101 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.1 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement CAUTION Take care not to catch the tray 1 paper feed sensor on the ground plate as the feed assembly is installed, Figure 5. 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 2. Perform ADJ 8.1 Transport Drive Belt. 3. If a new feed roll assembly is installed, reset Tray 1 or Tray 2 Feeds count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. Figure 5 Paper feed sensor and ground plate Paper feed sensor Ground plate July 2005 4-102 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.2 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.2 Tray 3 Paper Feed Assembly Parts List on PL 8.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Pull out tray 3. 2. Remove the network controller, PL 16.10. 3. Remove the rear cover, PL 7.25 Item 1. 4. Remove the paper feed assembly, Figure 1. NOTE: Note the position of the blue flash on the ribbon cable when connected into PJ399. Figure 1 Tray 3 feed assembly Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 1. Refer to the kit instructions and install the spacers on the paper feed assembly. 2. Slide the spacer to the end of the shaft, Figure 2. Figure 2 Location of the spacer 3. Make sure that the feed assembly locates in the stack limiter bracket., Figure 3. 1 Disconnect 2 PJs. 3 Lift the tab and move the feed assembly to the left and remove. 2 Disconnect ribbon cable from PJ 399 Position of the spacer July 2005 4-103 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.2 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Locate the paper feeder assembly 4. Install the paper feed assembly and push the tray in slowly. NOTE: Check that the tray does not touch the feed assembly. 5. Connect the ribbon cable and the PJs, Figure 1. 6. If a new feed roll assembly is installed, reset the Tray 3 Feeds count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. Locate the feeder into the stack limit bracket July 2005 4-104 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.3 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.3 Tray 4 Paper Feed Assembly Parts List on PL 8.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Pull out tray 4. 2. Remove the network controller, PL 16.10. 3. Remove the rear cover, PL 7.25 Item 1. 4. Prepare to remove the paper feeder, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparation 5. Remove the paper feed assembly, Figure 2. NOTE: Note the position of the blue flash on the ribbon cable when connected into PJ391. Figure 2 Tray 4 feed assembly 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove the cover 1 Disconnect ribbon cable from PJ391 3 Lift tab and move the feed assembly to the left and remove 2 Disconnect 2 PJs July 2005 4-105 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.3 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 1. Make sure that the feed assembly locates in the stack limiter bracket., Figure 3. Figure 3 Install the paper feed assembly 2. Install the paper feed assembly and push the tray in slowly. NOTE: Check that the tray does not touch the feed assembly. 3. Connect the ribbon cable and the PJs, Figure 2. 4. If a new feed roll assembly is installed, reset the Tray 4 Feeds count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. Locate the feeder into the stack limit bracket July 2005 4-106 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.4 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.4 Registration Transport Parts List on PL 8.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the fuser module, PL 10.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the duplex assembly, REP 8.7. 3. Remove the xerographic module, PL 9.20 Item 2. 4. Remove the developer module, REP 9.2. 5. Remove the short paper path assembly, REP 10.1. 6. Open left hand door, PL 7.30 Item 2. CAUTION Figure 1. Do not damage the temperature/humidity PWB. 7. Prepare to remove the registration transport, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparation 8. Remove the registration transport through the front of the machine, Figure 2. 1 Disconnect the harness 3 Disconnect bias lead. 2 Remove the 2 screws and the retainer bracket Temperature / Humidity PWB Ground wire July 2005 4-107 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.4 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Transport removal Replacement 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screw to the retaining bracket. CAUTION Ensure that the locking foot is correctly located into the base. Refer to Figure 3. 2. Figure 3 Transport location 3. Check that the ground wire is secured, Figure 1, when the retainer bracket is reinstalled. 4. Go to 01A Ground Distribution RAP. Check for continuity to ground between the registra- tion drive shaft and the pre-registration drive shaft. 5. After completing the replacement procedure, perform the dC604 Registration Setup. 6. If a new Bias contact is installed, reset the Bias Foam count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. 1 Move the frame to the front and lift to unlock the transport from the base. 2 Remove the registration transport through the front of the machine July 2005 4-108 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.5 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.5 Registration Clutch Parts List on PL 8.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the registration transport, REP 8.4. 2. Prepare to remove the clutch, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparation 3. Remove the registration clutch, Figure 2. Figure 2 Registration Clutch 1 Disconnect the harness 2 Remove the harness from the baffle 1 Remove E-clip on the gear 2 Remove the E-clip 3 Remove the clutch and gear together July 2005 4-109 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.5 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Check the following: 1. The clutch is located on the tang on the registration frame, Figure 3. 2. The clutch harness is correctly routed and secure, Figure 1. 3. Turn the jam clearance knob 4c to rotate the drive shaft. Ensure that the drive plate on the clutch rotates without binding on the clutch body, Figure 3. Figure 3 Clutch location After completing the replacement procedure, perform the dC604 Registration Setup. Locate the clutch into the tang Clutch drive plate Clutch body July 2005 4-110 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.6 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.6 Registration Sensor and Wait Sensor Parts List on PL 8.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the registration transport, REP 8.4. 2. Remove the appropriate sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Sensor location Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Wait sensor Registration sensor 1 Disconnect harness 2 Release the sensor and remove July 2005 4-111 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.7 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.7 Duplex Transport Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 8.22, (65-75 ppm) PL 8.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the duplex transport, Figure 1. Figure 1 Duplex transport removal Replacement 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screw to the duplex transport. 2. Go to 01A Ground Distribution RAP. Check the ground continuity of the duplex transport. 3. Check that the duplex transport is located correctly on the metal channel, Figure 2. NOTE: Lift the left side of the transport to engage the support pin through the rear frame. Figure 2 Duplex transport location 2 Pull the transport out by 75 mm (3 inches) and disconnect the harness 1 Remove screw. 3 Pull out and remove the duplex transport Metal channel. Duplex transport Duplex transport July 2005 4-112 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.8 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.8 Duplex Motor and Drive Belts Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 8.22, (65-75 ppm) PL 8.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the duplex transport, REP 8.7. NOTE: The duct on the duplex transport is only used on the 65 - 75 ppm machine. 2. Remove the motor and drive belts, Figure 1. Figure 1 Duplex motor and drive belts Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2 Remove 2 screws 3 Remove motor 5 Remove drive belts 1 Disconnect the motor harness 4 Remove E-clip July 2005 4-113 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.9 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.9 Bypass Tray Feed Solenoid Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 7.35, (65-75 ppm) PL 7.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the bypass tray, REP 7.5. 2. Remove the bypass feed solenoid, Figure 1. Figure 1 Bypass tray feed solenoid Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 3 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove the spring (top first) 1 Disconnect harness 4 Remove the solenoid July 2005 4-114 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.10 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.10 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Transport Motor Parts List on PL 8.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the network controller, PL 16.10. 2. Remove HCF rear cover, PL 7.25 Item 1. 3. Remove the Tray 3 and 4 transport motor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tray 3 and 4 transport motor Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 2 Remove 2 screws 1 Disconnect motor harness 3 Remove the motor July 2005 4-115 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.11 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.11 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Transport Drive Gear Parts List on PL 8.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, PL 7.25 Item 1. 2. Remove the tray 3 and 4 transport motor, REP 8.10. 3. Remove the tray 3 and 4 transport motor bracket, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tray 3 and 4 transport motor bracket 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove the bracket with the drive gear and the drive belt July 2005 4-116 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.11 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. CAUTION The needle bearing in the drive gear can be damaged during removal / replacement. Care must be taken when removing / replacing the drive gear onto the take away drive shaft. 1. Locate the drives belt onto the drive gear and the tray 3 transport drive coupling, Figure 2. Figure 2 Transport drive gear 2. Check that the transport motor bracket is located on the stops on the HCF frame, Figure 3. Figure 3 Transport motor bracket Drive belt Tray 3 transport drive coupling Drive gear Locate the bracket on the stops to position the bracket correctly. HCF frame July 2005 4-117 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.12 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.12 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Transport Drive Belt Parts List on PL 8.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 2. Remove waste toner bottle, PL 9.10 Item 1. 3. Remove the cover from the feed assembly, PL 8.25 Item 1. 4. Remove the transport drives belt, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tray 1 and 2 drives belt Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the transport drives belt. 2. Perform ADJ 8.1 Transport Drive Belt. 1 Loosen screw 2 Remove drives belt July 2005 4-118 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.13 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.13 Tray 3 Transport Assembly Parts List on PL 8.35 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Take care when removing tray 3 support bracket from its snap in mounting. 1. Remove tray 3 and tray 4 front covers, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove front covers CAUTION Take care to avoid damage to the tray 3 feed sensor flag at the rear of the tray, PL 7.15 Item 9. 2. Remove tray 3 transport assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Tray 3 transport assembly Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove 3 screws Use a small screw driver to remove the front cover from tray 3 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Apply pressure between transport and tray 3 Press the rear lug over the post 4 Remove the transport July 2005 4-119 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.14 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.14 Tray 3 Feed Sensor Actuator Parts List on PL 7.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove tray 3 transport assembly, REP 8.13. 2. Remove tray 3 feed sensor actuator, Figure 1. NOTE: Make a note of how the spring is located. Figure 1 Tray 3 feed sensor actuator Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. CAUTION Take care when locating the actuator spring, it can be easily deformed or broken 1 Remove the actuator 2 Remove actuator spring July 2005 4-120 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.15 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.15 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Transport Roll Bearings Parts List on PL 8.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove tray 1 and tray 2, PL 7.10. 2. Perform the necessary actions: Go to step 3 to remove tray 1 front bearing. Go to step 4 to remove tray 2 front bearing. Go to step 5 to remove tray 1 or tray 2 rear bearings. 3. Perform the following: a. Remove tray 1 tie bar. Figure 1, Figure 1 Remove tray 1 tie bar b. Remove tray 1 front bearing, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove tray 1 front bearing 1 Remove screw 2 Remove screw 3 Remove tie bar Remove the bearing July 2005 4-121 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.15 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Remove the front bearing in tray 2, Figure 3. Figure 3 Remove tray 2 front bearing 5. Perform the following: a. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. b. Remove the waste toner bottle and door, REP 9.1. c. Remove the cover from the paper feed assembly, PL 8.25 Item 1. d. Prepare to remove the rear bearings, Figure 4. Figure 4 Preparation 2 Remove the bearing 1 Remove screw 2 Remove drive belt 3 Remove drive gears 1 Loosen screw July 2005 4-122 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.15 Repairs/Adjustments e. Remove the rear bearing, Figure 5. Figure 5 Rear bearing Replacement 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting screws. 2. Perform ADJ 8.1 Transport Drive Belt. 1 Remove bearing July 2005 4-123 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.16 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.16 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Transport Rolls Parts List on PL 8.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove tray 1 and 2 paper feed assembly, REP 8.1. 2. Remove the front bearings, REP 8.15. 3. Remove the drive gear and shaft, Figure 1, Figure 1 Rear drive gear and shaft Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting screws. If a new transport roll is installed, reset the Tray 1 or Tray 2 trans count to zero in the HFSI fea- ture screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. 1 Remove the clip and drive gear 3 Remove the drive shaft 2 Remove the ground plate July 2005 4-124 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.17 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.17 Tray 1 or Tray 2 Feed Sensor Actuator Parts List on PL 8.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove paper tray 1 and tray 2, PL 7.10. 2. Remove tray 1 and 2 paper feed assembly, REP 8.1. 3. Remove the transport roll, REP 8.16. 4. Remove the feed sensor actuator, rear first, Figure 1. NOTE: The spring can be easily damaged or lost. Figure 1 Feed sensor actuator Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Remove the actuator 2 Remove the spring July 2005 4-125 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.18 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.18 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Transport Motor Parts List on PL 8.26 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove tray 1 and tray 2 feed assembly, REP 8.1. 2. Remove tray 1 paper feed, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tray 1 paper feed 3. Remove tray 1 and tray 2 transport motor, Figure 2. Figure 2 Tray 1 and tray 2 transport motor Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 1 Remove E-clip and drive gear 2 Remove 3 screws 3 Disconnect PJ connector at the rear of the black socket 4 Remove the tray 1 feed assembly 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove the motor July 2005 4-126 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.19 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.19 Bypass Tray Feed Head Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 7.35, (65-75 ppm) PL 7.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove left hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 3. 2. Open left hand door and remove the spring from the feed solenoid, Figure 1. Figure 1 Feed solenoid spring 3. Remove the cover from the feed head, Figure 2. Figure 2 Feed head cover 1 Unclip and remove the spring 1 Use a small screw driver to release the cover July 2005 4-127 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.19 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Remove ribbon cable from feed head, Figure 3. Figure 3 Feed head ribbon cable 5. Remove the feed head, Figure 4. Figure 4 Bypass tray feed head Replacement 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Before replacement of the feed head ensure that feed roll, pressure plate cam and drive gear are correctly aligned, Figure 5. 1 Disconnect PJ from the tray empty sensor 2 Remove ribbon cable 1 Press the tabs and lift the feed head Repeat the action at the rear 2 Remove the feed head July 2005 4-128 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.19 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 5 Component alignment 1 Position the flat on the Feed roll 2 Position of the pressure plate cam 3 Position of the tab on the drive gear 4 Position of the nip rolls July 2005 4-129 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.20 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.20 Bypass Tray Drive Gear Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 7.35, (65-75 ppm) PL 7.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the bypass tray feed head, REP 8.19. 2. Remove the bypass tray drive gear, Figure 1. Figure 1 Drive gear removal Replacement 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Before replacement of the feed head ensure that feed roll, pressure plate cam and drive gear are correctly aligned, Figure 2. Figure 2 Component alignment 1 Hold feed roll to stop shaft falling out 2 Lift the tab to remove the gear 2 Position of the pressure plate cam 1 Position the flat on the feed roll 3 Position of the tab on the drive gear 4 Position of the nip rolls July 2005 4-130 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.21 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.21 Bypass Tray Feed Roll Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 7.35, (65-75 ppm) PL 7.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Open the left hand door, PL 7.30 Item 2. 2. The bypass tray pressure plate must be in the down position. Check that the solenoid lever is engaged in the drive gear, Figure 1. Figure 1 Engage drive gear 3. Remove the cover from the feed head, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove feed head cover 4. Remove the bypass tray feed roll, Figure 3. Solenoid lever engaged in the drive gear 1 Use a small screw driver to release the cover July 2005 4-131 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.21 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Remove the feed roll Replacement 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Check the feed head to ensure that the feed roll, pressure plate cam and drive gear are correctly aligned, Figure 4, Figure 4 Component alignment 3. If a new feed roll is installed, reset the Bypass feeds count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. 1 Remove the KL clip 2 Remove nip roll 3 Remove feed roll Position of the pressure plate cam Position the flat on the feed roll Position of the tab on the drive gear Position of the nip rolls July 2005 4-132 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.22A Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.22A Bypass Tray Retard Pad (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 7.35 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the bypass tray feed head, REP 8.19. 2. Prepare to remove the retard pad, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparation 3. Remove the retard pad, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove the retard pad 2 Move the pad to the rear and allow the pad to spring up 1 Release the pressure plate tag to allow the plate to spring up 1 Press the support arms to release the retard pad 2 Remove the retard pad July 2005 4-133 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.22A Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1. Ensure that the retard pad and pressure plate springs are correctly located, Figure 3. Figure 3 Spring location 2. If a new retard pad is installed, reset the Bypass feeds count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. Pressure plate spring Retard pad spring July 2005 4-134 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.22B Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.22B Bypass Tray Retard Pad (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 7.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the bypass tray feed head, REP 8.19. 2. Prepare to remove the retard pad, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparation 3. Remove the retard pad, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove the retard pad Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. If a new retard pad is installed, reset the Bypass feeds count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. 1 Move the pad to the rear and allow the pad to spring up 1 Insert a screwdriver between the pad and holder and twist 2 Remove the retard pad July 2005 4-135 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.23 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.23 Bypass Tray Empty Sensor Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 7.35, (65-75 ppm) PL 7.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the bypass tray feed head, REP 8.19. 2. Remove the tray empty sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tray empty sensor Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Push down on the lug to release the sensor 2 Remove the sensor July 2005 4-136 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.24 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.24 Tray 1 Feed Sensor Parts List on PL 8.26 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove tray 1 and tray 2 feed head assembly up to step 6, REP 8.1. 2. Release the harness from the feed head assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Release the harness 3. Release the feed sensor from the support bracket, Figure 2. Figure 2 Release the sensor 4. Disconnect the cable harness and remove the feed sensor, Figure 3. Figure 3 Remove the sensor Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Release the harness from under the cable clips 1 Press down on the lug to release the sensor 2 Move the sensor 1 Disconnect the harness 2 Remove the sensor July 2005 4-137 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.25 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.25 Tray 2 Feed Sensor Parts List on PL 8.26 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the tray 2 paper feed assembly, REP 8.1. 2. Release the harness from the feed head assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Release the cable harness 3. Release the feed sensor from the support bracket, Figure 2. Figure 2 Release the sensor 4. Disconnect the cable harness and remove the feed sensor, Figure 3. Figure 3 Remove the sensor Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Release the harness from under the cable clips 1 Press down on the lug to release the sensor 2 Move the sensor 1 Disconnect the harness 2 Remove the sensor July 2005 4-138 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.26 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.26 Drive Roll Assembly Parts List on PL 8.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the registration transport, REP 8.4. 2. Remove the registration nip assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Registration nip assembly 3. Remove the lower registration guide, Figure 2. Figure 2 Lower bias guide 4. Remove the registration clutch, REP 8.27. 5. Remove the E-clips and bearing from the registration shaft, Figure 3. Figure 3 E-clip and bearing 1 Remove jam clearance knob 2 Remove screw 3 Press down and slid to release the nip assembly 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove the bias guide 1 Remove the E-clip and bearing 2 Remove the E-clip, spring washer and bearing July 2005 4-139 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.26 Repairs/Adjustments 6. Remove the drive roll assembly, Figure 4. Figure 4 Drive roll assembly Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the ground strap is between the frame and the bearing. Figure 5. Figure 5 Ground strap position 1 Remove the drive roll assembly Ground strap Bearing July 2005 4-140 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.27 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.27 Registration Transport Drive Belt Parts List on PL 8.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the registration transport, REP 8.4. 2. Remove the drive belt, Figure 1. Figure 1 Drive belt Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Remove the drive belt July 2005 4-141 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.28, REP 8.29 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.28 Tray 3 Feed Sensor Parts List on PL 8.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Pull out Tray 3. 2. Remove the network controller, PL 16.10. 3. Remove the rear cover, PL 7.25 Item 1. 4. Remove tray 3 feed sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tray 3 feed sensor Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. REP 8.29 Tray 3 Takeaway Roll Assembly Parts List on PL 8.35 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove tray 3 transport assembly, REP 8.13. 2. Remove the jam clearance door, Figure 1. 2 Press the tabs together to release the sensor 1 Disconnect the harness July 2005 4-142 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.29 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Remove the jam clearance door 3. Preparation to remove the transport roll assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Preparation 4. Remove the takeaway roll assembly, Figure 3. 1 Lift the jam clearance door 2 Push the tab to release the door hinge 1 Remove the E-clip 2 Remove the drive gear and belt July 2005 4-143 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.29 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Remove the takeaway shaft 5. Remove the idler roll and shaft, Figure 4. Figure 4 Remove the idler roll and shaft Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2 Remove the E-clip 1 Remove the E-clip 3 Press the tabs and push the bearing out 4 Remove the takeaway shaft 1 Move the tabs to remove the idler rolls and shaft July 2005 4-144 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.30 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.30 Tray 3 Transport Roll Assembly Parts List on PL 8.35 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove tray 3 transport assembly, REP 8.13. 2. Remove the jam clearance door, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove the jam clearance door 1 Remove the coupling 3 Push the tab to release the door hinge 2 Lift the jam clearance door July 2005 4-145 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.30 Repairs/Adjustments 3. Preparation to remove the transport roll assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Preparation 4. Remove the transport roll assembly, Figure 3. Figure 3 Remove the transport roll assembly Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Remove the E-clip 2 Remove the coupling 3 Remove the belt and drive gear 1 Remove the E-clip 2 Remove the E-clip 3 Press the tabs and push the bearing out 4 Remove the transport roll assembly July 2005 4-146 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.31 Repairs/Adjustments REP 8.31 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Transport Roll Parts List on PL 8.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove tray 3 and tray 4 transport motor, REP 8.10. 2. Remove Tray 3 and tray 4 transport drive gear, REP 8.11. 3. Remove the left cover, PL 7.25 Item 2. 4. Remove paper tray 2, REP 7.1. 5. (32-55 ppm Only) Remove the ground plate, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove the ground plate (32-55 ppm only) 6. Remove tray 3, REP 7.2. 7. Remove the idler shaft assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove the idler shaft assembly 1 Remove 2 screws and the bracket 2 Remove the ground plate 3 Remove the E-clip 1 Remove the springs 2 Remove the idler rolls, shaft and bearings July 2005 4-147 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.31 Repairs/Adjustments 8. Remove tray 3 and tray 4 transport roll, Figure 3. Figure 3 Remove the transport roll Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 1. Refer to Figure 4, to install the tray 3 and tray 4 transport roll. Figure 4 Install the transport roll 2. (32-55 ppm Only) Ensure that the ground plate has contact with the transport roll shaft, refer to Figure 1. 1 Press the rolls and slide the shaft to the rear until it is released from the front bearing 2 Slide the shaft to the front until it is released from the rear bearing 1 Locate the shaft in the bearing at the rear. 2 Press and slide the shaft into the front bearing Front bearing July 2005 4-148 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.31, REP 8.32 Repairs/Adjustments 3. If a new tray 3 and tray 4 transport roll is installed, reset the Tray 3 / 4 trans count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. REP 8.32 Duplex Sensor Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 8.22, (65-75 ppm) PL 8.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the duplex transport, REP 8.7. NOTE: The duct on the duplex transport is only on the 65 - 75 ppm machine. 2. Remove the duplex sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Duplex sensor 1 Disconnect the harness 2 Press the lugs to release the sensor 3 Remove the sensor July 2005 4-149 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.32 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. If a new duplex sensor is installed, reset the Duplex sensor count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. July 2005 4-150 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 8.32 Repairs/Adjustments July 2005 4-151 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.1 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 9.1 Waste Toner Bottle Assembly Parts List on PL 9.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the waste toner bottle and the waste toner door, Figure 1. Figure 1 Waste toner door Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Open the waste toner door 2 Screw the cap onto the bottle 4 Press the ends of the strap together to release the waste toner door 5 Depress the retaining clip on the hinge block. Remove the waste toner door 3 Remove the waste toner bottle July 2005 4-152 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.2 Repairs/Adjustments REP 9.2 Developer Assembly Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 9.17, (65-75 ppm) PL 9.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove left hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 3. 2. Disconnect PJ93 and the developer bias lead, Figure 1. Figure 1 Developer bias leads 3. Remove the developer module, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove the developer assembly Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. When replacing the original developer, perform step 2. When installing new developer module, perform the following: 1. Follow the developer spares pack instruction sheet to prepare the developer module. 2. Lubricate the developer module support pins, ADJ 4.1. 3. Enter diagnostics, GP 1. Select dC131 location 09-271 developer age and reset to zero. 4. Perform the dC905 TC Sensor Calibration. 5. Perform ADJ 9.2 Image Quality Adjustment Routine. 6. (65-75 ppm only). Perform ADJ 9.3 Developer Magnetic Seal Brush Adjustment. 7. If a new developer assembly is installed, reset the Developer count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. 1 Disconnect PJ93 2 Disconnect developer bias lead 1 Turn the latch 2 Remove the xerographic module and place in a black bag 3 Remove two screws and remove the developer module July 2005 4-153 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.3 Repairs/Adjustments REP 9.3 Ozone Fan Parts List on PL 9.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the waste toner bottle, REP 9.1. 3. Remove ozone filter and duct, PL 9.25 Item 2. CAUTION When the drive gear is removed, the drive pin may drop onto the IOT PWB or LVPS. 4. Remove the ozone fan, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove the ozone fan Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. NOTE: Turn the drive shaft so that the dowel pin is horizontal then locate the drive gear onto the shaft. 1 Remove three short screws and the fly wheel 2 Remove the collar 3 Remove the drive gear 4 Remove 3 screws 5 Disconnect PJ 53 on the photoreceptor motor PWB and remove the fan July 2005 4-154 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.4 Repairs/Adjustments REP 9.4 Waste Toner Full Sensor Parts List on PL 9.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the waste toner bottle, PL 9.10 Item 1. 3. Remove the waste toner full sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Waste toner full sensor Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2 Disconnect PJ 48 4 Remove the sensor from the black plastic housing 1 Remove the screw 3 Remove cable-ties July 2005 4-155 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.5 Repairs/Adjustments REP 9.5 Toner Dispense Module Parts List on (65-75 ppm) PL 9.15, (32-55 ppm) PL 9.17 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the developer assembly, REP 9.2. 2. Remove the toner cartridge. 3. Disconnect the harness PJ97 and PJ75 on the toner dispense module, Figure 1. Figure 1 Disconnect the harness 4. Remove the securing screws from the toner dispense module, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove the securing screws 5. Remove the toner dispense module by sliding it of the developer assembly, Figure 3. 1 Disconnect harness PJ97 2 Disconnect harness PJ75 1 Remove 2 screws Support guides Harness July 2005 4-156 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.5, REP 9.6 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Remove the toner dispense module Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1. Ensure that the harnesses are routed under the support guides on the toner dispense module, Figure 2. 2. If a new low toner sensor (32-55 ppm) PL 9.17 Item 5, (65-75 ppm) PL 9.15 Item 5 was also installed with a new toner dispense module then perform dC905 TC Sensor Calibra- tion. REP 9.6 Xerographic Module Latch Parts List on 32-38 ppm) PL 9.22, (45-75 ppm) PL 9.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the scanner: REP 14.1A scanner 32-55 ppm. REP 14.1B scanner 65-75 ppm. 2. Remove the developer assembly, REP 9.2. 3. Refer to REP 6.1 and move the ROS to the side, Figure 1. Figure 1 Position the ROS 4. Remove the pivot plate to release the developer paddle, Figure 2. Slide the module ROS July 2005 4-157 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.6 Repairs/Adjustments NOTE: Observe where the spring is located on the tie bar and on the developer paddle. Figure 2 Remove the pivot plate WARNING Take care when removing the latch. The latch contains a compressed spring, which can cause injury when released. 5. Remove the screw from the latch, Figure 3. Figure 3 Remove the latch Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Apply Plastislip grease, PL 26.10 Item 8, to the internal diameter of the bush on the frame (i.e. the hole the pin fits into) prior to insertion. Check the following, Figure 4. 1. The latch pin is correctly lined up with the flats on the latch plate. 2. The latch handle and the latch pin are correctly lined up. 3. When reinstalling the developer paddle into the pivot plate, check that the spring is cor- rectly located on the tie bar and on the feature on the developer paddle, Figure 2. 1 Support the developer paddle Spring 2 Remove the screw 3 Remove the pivot plate 1 Remove the screw 2 Remove the latch July 2005 4-158 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.6 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Latch alignment Latch pin Latch pin Latch plate Latch handle July 2005 4-159 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.7 Repairs/Adjustments REP 9.7 Developer Paddle Parts List on (32-38 ppm) PL 9.22, (45-75 ppm) PL 9.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the xerographic module latch, REP 9.6. 2. Remove the developer paddle, Figure 1. Figure 1 Developer paddle Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Remove spring 2 Move the developer paddle 3 Release and remove the developer paddle July 2005 4-160 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.8 Repairs/Adjustments REP 9.8 Transfer / Detack Harness Parts List on (32-38 ppm) PL 9.22, (45-75 ppm) PL 9.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the short paper path assembly, REP 10.1. 2. Remove the Transfer / Detack harness, Figure 1. Figure 1 Transfer / detack harness Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Insert a screwdriver to flex the frame Tab on the harness terminal block 2 Push down on the harness terminal block to release the tab July 2005 4-161 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.9 Repairs/Adjustments REP 9.9 Erase Lamp Parts List on (32-38 ppm) PL 9.22, (45-75 ppm) PL 9.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the fuser module, PL 10.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the xerographic module, PL 9.20 Item 2. 3. Remove the erase lamp support, Figure 1. Figure 1 Erase lamp support 4. Remove the erase lamp, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove the erase lamp Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Check that the location posts on the erase lamp (Figure 2), location in the holes in the frame, Figure 3. 1 Remove the screw 2 Pull out the erase lamp support 1 Lift the tab at the end of the erase lamp 2 Slide the erase lamp out of the support Rear location posts Front posts July 2005 4-162 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.9 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Location holes Erase lamp connector Location holes July 2005 4-163 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.10 Repairs/Adjustments REP 9.10 Auger Damper Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 4.15, (65-75 ppm) PL 4.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Cam off the developer module. 2. Remove the xerographic module, PL 9.20 Item 2. 3. Remove the waste toner from the auger system at the front of the machine, Figure 1. Figure 1 Auger system at the front 4. Remove the waste toner bottle assembly, REP 9.1. 5. Remove the waste toner from the shutter auger tube at the rear of the machine, Figure 2. Figure 2 Shutter and waste toner auger 6. Remove the ozone filter and the duct, PL 9.25 Item 2. 7. Remove the waste toner full sensor up to step 3, REP 9.4. 8. Remove the shutter assembly and the support bracket, Figure 3. 1 Vacuum out the auger system Place the vacuum cleaner hose over the waste toner tube and push the shutter to the open position. July 2005 4-164 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.10 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Remove shutter assembly 9. Remove the auger damper, Figure 4. Figure 4 Remove the auger damper Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1. Install the new auger damper, Figure 5. 1 Remove 4 screws 2 Disconnect PJ97 3 Remove the shut- ter assembly and bracket Pull out the auger damper July 2005 4-165 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.10 Repairs/Adjustments NOTE: The auger damper is slightly longer than the auger spring. Figure 5 Installing the insert 2. Ensure that the shutter assembly is positioned correctly on the support bracket. 3. Support the auger tube when locating the shutter assembly, and bracket onto the auger tube, Figure 6. Figure 6 Shutter and bracket position 1 Push and twist the auger damper until it stops at the end of the auger tube. 1 Support the auger tube 2 Ensure that the shutter is positioned correctly on the bracket July 2005 4-166 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 9.10 Repairs/Adjustments July 2005 4-167 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.1 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 10.1 Short Paper Path Assembly Parts List on PL 10.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the fuser assembly, (32-55 ppm) PL 10.8 Item 1, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the duplex transport, REP 8.7. 3. Remove the xerographic module and place in a black bag, (32-38 ppm) PL 9.22 Item 2, (45-75 ppm) PL 9.20 Item 2. 4. Remove the transfer / detack corotron, (32-38 ppm) PL 9.22 Item 8, (45-75 ppm) PL 9.20 Item 8. 5. Prepare the power and control module, Figure 1. Figure 1 Prepare the power and control module 6. Remove the short paper path assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove short paper path assembly 1 Remove securing screw 2 Disconnect transfer and detack lead 3 Move the module to the rear 1 Remove screw and ground lead 3 Disconnect vacuum transport fan 2 Remove screw 4 Pass the HT leads through the hole July 2005 4-168 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.1 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. CAUTION To ensure the transport hinge is located correctly, install the left hand screw first with the ground lead then the right hand screw. 1. Check that the detack wire with the spiral wrap is routed correctly on the transport hinge, Figure 3. Figure 3 Spiral wrap location 2. Position the ground wire terminal in the left hand screw location on the hinge bracket and position the spiral wrap on the detack wire, Figure 4. 3. When locating the hinge bracket to the frame make sure that the hinge is pushed fully against the frame. 4. To ensure the transport hinge is located correctly, install the left hand screw first with the ground wire then the right hand screw. NOTE: Ensure that both ends of the ground lead are connected to the correct terminals. Figure 4 Ground wire and spiral wrap 5. After completing the replacement procedure, check that the short paper path assembly latches without excessive force. Raise and lower the latch mechanism of the short paper path assembly, PL 10.20 Item 1, to ensure that the transfer / detack corotron is parallel to the photoreceptor. If the move- ment of raising the short paper path assembly is not smooth, check the action of the push rod, PL 10.20 Item 13. Refer to REP 10.15 Step 5 for the removal of the push rod. Check for burrs and rough edges on the push rod and the associated mechanism it operates. Detack wire with spiral wrap Transfer wire Position of the ground wire tag Position of the spiral wrap July 2005 4-169 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.2 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.2 Inverter Assembly Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.13, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.11 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the fuser assembly, (32-55 ppm) PL 10.8 Item 1, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the duplex transport, REP 8.7. 3. Remove the output device and the right hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 9. 4. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 5. Remove the inverter support, Figure 1. Figure 1 Inverter support 6. Remove the tie bar. Figure 2. Figure 2 Tie bar 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Rotate the inverter support clockwise to align both cut- outs and remove 1 Remove 4 screws marked A 2 Disconnect the harness on inverter motor driver PWB 4 Disconnect harness 3 Remove the tie bar July 2005 4-170 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.2 Repairs/Adjustments 7. Lift the inverter frame and move to the front, Figure 3. Figure 3 Move frame to the front 8. Remove the inverter assembly through the right hand side of the machine, Figure 4. Figure 4 Remove Inverter assembly 1 Lift the frame out of the base 2 Move the inverter assembly 1 Ensure the idler shafts at the rear are clear, before turning the inverter 2 Remove the inverter assembly July 2005 4-171 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.2 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Before installing the inverter assembly check the following:. 1. Check that the inverter motor harness is routed correctly. Make sure that the harness does not get trapped between the inverter frame and the base, Figure 2. 2. That the solenoid harness connector is located at the rear of the inverter frame, Figure 5 Figure 5 Solenoid harness connector 3. That the nip roll guide is correctly located in the cut out at the front and rear of the inverter frame, Figure 6. Figure 6 Nip roll guide 4. Make sure that the two upper baffles are linked correctly. When the latch 3d4d is released, the two baffles lift together. 5. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. NOTE: When the idler shafts are located, Figure 4. Rotate knob 3C clockwise to engage the drives coupling between the inverter and the drives plate. This will also allow the inverter to locate into the base of the machine, Figure 3. 6. If a new inverter assembly is installed, reset the Post Fuser count to zero in the HFSI fea- ture screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. Solenoid harness connector Nip roll guide located on the inverter frame July 2005 4-172 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.3 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.3 Inverter Motor Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.13, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.11 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the inverter assembly, REP 10.2. 2. Remove the inverter motor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Inverter motor Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove the inverter motor July 2005 4-173 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.4 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.4 Inverter Path Solenoid Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.13, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.11 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the inverter assembly, REP 10.2. 2. Remove the diverter solenoid, Figure 1. Figure 1 Inverter path solenoid Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 1. Check that the solenoid harness connector is located at the rear of the inverter frame as in Figure 1. 2. Make sure that the two upper baffles are linked correctly. When the latch 3d4d is released, the two baffles lift together. 5 Remove 2 screws 1 Lift the upper baffle to vertical position 2 Remove 2 E-clips 4 Disconnect solenoid harness 6 Remove the solenoid 3 Remove the shaft and the baffle July 2005 4-174 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.5 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.5 Inverter Nip Solenoid Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.13, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.11 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the inverter assembly, REP 10.2. 2. Remove the inverter nip solenoid, Figure 1. Figure 1 Inverter nip solenoid Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 3 Remove the solenoid 2 Remove 2 screws 1 Disconnect the harness July 2005 4-175 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.6 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.6 Nip Roll Guide Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.13, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.11 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following: Single exit nip roll, PL 10.11 Item 7 (65-75 ppm), PL 10.13 Item 7 (32-55 ppm). Double exit nip rollPL 10.11 Item 8 (65-75 ppm), PL 10.13 Item 8 (32-55 ppm). Nip roll guide, PL 10.11 Item 10 (65-75 ppm), PL 10.13 Item 10 (32-55 ppm). Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the output device and the right hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 9. 2. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 3. Remove the tie bar, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove tie bar 1 Remove 4 screws 2 Disconnect harness from inverter motor driver PWB 3 Remove tie bar July 2005 4-176 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.6 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Remove the nip roll guide, Figure 2. Figure 2 Nip roll guide 5. Remove the following components from the nip roll guide as required: IOT exit sensor. Single exit nip roll. Double exit nip roll. Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. CAUTION Check that the inverter path solenoid harness is not trapped between the nip roll guide and the support bracket, Figure 3. 1. Ensure that the ground connection is secured by the nip roll guide front fixing screw. Figure 3 Inverter path solenoid Harness 1 Remove screw 3 Disconnect the harness from the exit sensor and from the nip roll guide 4 Remove the nip roll guide 2 Remove screw and move the ground connection clear Harness Nip roll guide Support bracket July 2005 4-177 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.7 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.7 Upper Baffle Assembly Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.14, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.12 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the inverter assembly, REP 10.2. 2. Remove the upper baffle assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Upper baffle assembly Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 1. Check that the solenoid harness connector is located at the rear of the inverter frame, refer to Figure 1. 2. Make sure that the two upper baffles are linked correctly. When the latch 3d4d is released, the two baffles lift together. 1 Lift the upper baffle to vertical position 2 Remove 2 E-clips 3 Remove the shaft and the baffle Solenoid harness connector July 2005 4-178 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.8 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.8 Nip Split Shaft Assembly Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.13, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.11 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the output device and the right hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 9. 2. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 3. Remove the tie bar, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tie bar 4. Remove the nip split shaft assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Nip split shaft assembly 1 Remove 4 screws 2 Disconnect harness on inverter motor driver PWB 3 Remove tie bar 1 Release both springs 2 Remove nip split shaft assembly July 2005 4-179 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.8, REP 10.9 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 1. Check that both springs are positioned correctly, Figure 3. Figure 3 Location of the spring 2. If a nip slit shaft assembly is installed, reset the nip split shaft count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. REP 10.9 Shaft Actuator Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.13, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.11 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the inverter assembly, REP 10.2. 2. Remove the inverter nip solenoid, REP 10.5. 3. Remove the shaft actuator, Figure 1. Figure 1 Shaft actuator Spring position 1 Unclip both springs 2 Remove the shaft actuator July 2005 4-180 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.9, REP 10.10 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. NOTE: Check that both springs are positioned correctly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Location of the spring REP 10.10 Fuser Latch Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.8, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 2. Remove the scanner: REP 14.1A Scanner (32-55 ppm) REP 14.1B Scanner (65-75 ppm). 3. Refer to REP 6.1 and move the ROS to the side, Figure 1. Figure 1 Move the ROS Spring position ROS Fuser latch July 2005 4-181 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.10 Repairs/Adjustments WARNING Take care when removing the latch. The latch contains a compressed spring, which can cause injury when released. 4. Hold the fuser latch pin in position with a screw driver and remove the screw at the back of the latch to release the fuser latch, latch pin and spring, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove the fuser latch Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. NOTE: Ensure the latch stop is seated over the locator post on the machine frame, Figure 3. Figure 3 Locate the latch stop 1 Remove screw 4 Remove latch and stop 3 Remove spring 2 Remove latch pin Locator post Screw Fuser latch Latch stop Spring Latch pin July 2005 4-182 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.11 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.11 Inverter Gate Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.14, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.12 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the inverter path solenoid, REP 10.4. 2. Pull the pivot assembly latch (3a) forward. 3. Remove the tri-roll knob, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tri-roll knob CAUTION Take care not break the inverter assembly bracket. 4. Carefully unlatch the inverter assembly bracket from the inverter assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Inverter assembly support Use a small screw driver to release the clip on the tri-roll knob 1 Remove two screws 2 Use a screw- driver to unlatch the clip from the frame July 2005 4-183 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.11 Repairs/Adjustments 5. Remove the inverter path solenoid link, Figure 3. Figure 3 Inverter path solenoid link 6. Remove the inverter gate, Figure 4. Figure 4 Inverter gate Replacement Re-install the remainder of the removed components. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 1 Use a screw driver to remove the link 1 Rotate and then remove the inverter gate July 2005 4-184 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.12 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.12 Tri-Roll Shaft Assembly Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.14, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.12 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the inverter gate, REP 10.11. 2. Remove the tri-roll bearing, Figure 1. Figure 1 Tri-roll bearing 3. Remove the securing screw and tri-roll drive gear, Figure 2. Figure 2 Tri-roll drive gear 1 Remove screw 2 Remove E-clip 3 Remove the bearing 1 Remove the screw 2 Raise the tang to remove the gear July 2005 4-185 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.12 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Remove the tri-roll guide, Figure 3. Figure 3 Tri-roll guide 5. Remove the tri-roll shaft, Figure 4. NOTE: Note the orientation of the tri-roll shaft. Figure 4 Tri-roll shaft Replacement 1. Re-install the following components: tri-roll shaft tri-roll guide tri-roll drive gear and securing screw tri-roll bearing inverter gate. Make sure that the inverter assembly support casing is installed cor- rectly. Refer to the replacement procedure in REP 10.11. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 2. If a new tri-roll shaft assembly is installed, reset the Post Fuser count to zero in the HFSI feature screen. Refer to GP 17 High Frequency service Items. 1 Location stud July 2005 4-186 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.13 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.13 Fuser Web Motor Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 4.17, (65-75 ppm) PL 4.12 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the main drive module, (32-55 ppm) REP 4.1A, (65-75 ppm) REP 4.2A. 2. Disconnect PJ 154 on the main drive PWB and remove the fuser web motor assembly, (32-55 ppm) Figure 1, (65-75 ppm) Figure 2. Figure 1 Drives module 32-55 ppm Figure 2 Drives module 65-75 ppm 1 Remove 3 screws 2 Remove the fuser web assembly 1 Remove 3 screws 2 Remove the fuser web assembly July 2005 4-187 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.13 Repairs/Adjustments 3. Remove the fuser connector assembly from the fuser web motor assembly, Figure 3. Figure 3 Fuser web motor assembly Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: There are two different configurations of fuser web motor, refer to the parts list. Both types can be installed on all machine speed variations. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove the fuser connector assembly July 2005 4-188 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.14 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.14 Exit Shaft Assembly Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.14, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.12 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the inverter assembly, REP 10.2. 2. Remove the exit shaft assembly, (65-75 ppm) Figure 1, (32-55 ppm) Figure 2. Figure 1 Exit shaft assembly 65-75 ppm Figure 2 Exit shaft assembly 32-55 ppm Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1. Ensure that the bearings locate into the baffle guide and that the baffle guide is linked with the upper baffle. This ensures that both baffles are lifted together when clearing a post fuser jam. 1 Remove the circlip and bearing 2 Remove circlip, drive gear and bearing 3 Remove the exit shaft 2 Remove circlip, drive gear and bearing 3 Remove the exit shaft 1 Remove the circlip and bearing July 2005 4-189 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.15 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.15 Intermediate Drive Belt Parts List on PL 10.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the short paper path assembly, REP 10.1. 2. Release the transfer / detack corotron harness from the supports, Figure 1. Figure 1 Transfer / detack corotron harness 3. Remove the securing screw to release the drives assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Short paper path assembly 1 Release the harness 1 Remove screw Corotron carrier Drives assembly July 2005 4-190 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.15 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Remove the vacuum fan, Figure 3. Figure 3 Remove vacuum fan 5. Remove the push rod, Figure 4. Figure 4 Remove the push rod 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove the vacuum fan 1 Lift the drives assembly up 2 Release the push rod 3 Remove the push rod July 2005 4-191 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.15 Repairs/Adjustments 6. Remove the intermediate drive assembly, Figure 5. Figure 5 Remove the drive assembly 7. Remove the intermediate drive belt, Figure 6. Figure 6 Remove the drive belt 1 Lift the drive gear assembly 2 Move the drive gear assem- bly to release the catch and remove the assembly 1 Remove snap on washer 2 Remove drive belt July 2005 4-192 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.15 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Before installing the short paper path, check the following: 1. Ensure that the push rod is positioned behind the intermediate drive belt, Figure 7. Figure 7 Push rod position 2. The transfer / detack HT leads are correctly positioned at the rear of the short paper path assembly, Figure 1. Push rod Drive belt July 2005 4-193 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.16 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.16 Fuser Exit Switch Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.8, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. 1. Remove the fuser module, PL 10.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the top cover from the fuser module, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove the top cover 3. Remove the upper paper guide assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove the upper guide assembly 1 Remove 4 screws 2 Remove the top cover 2 Remove 2 screws 1 Disconnect the harness July 2005 4-194 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.16 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Release the harness and remove the fuser exit switch, Figure 3. Figure 3 Remove the fuser exit switch Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. 1. On the 65-75 ppm machines. Make sure that the harness and the connector are routed away from the spring, Figure 4. Figure 4 Harness location 65-75 ppm 1 Remove the screw 2 Release the harness harness connector Spring Harness July 2005 4-195 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.17 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.17 IOT Exit Sensor Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.13, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.11 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present can cause injury. 1. Remove the output device. 2. Remove the right hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 9. 3. Remove the tie bar, Figure 1. Figure 1 Remove the tie bar 4. Release the nip roll guide, Figure 2. Figure 2 Release the nip roll guide 1 Remove 4 screws 2 Disconnect the harness from the inverter motor driver PWB 3 Remove the tie bar 1 Remove two screws 2 Lift the guide to release the nip roll guide July 2005 4-196 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.17 Repairs/Adjustments 5. Remove the IOT exit sensor, Figure 3. Figure 3 Remove the IOT sensor Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws to the output guide. CAUTION Check that the inverter path solenoid harness is not caught between the nip roll guide and the support bracket, Figure 4. Figure 4 Inverter path solenoid harness 1 Disconnect the harness 2 Press the lugs down to release the IOT sensor Inverter path solenoid harness Nip roll guide Support bracket July 2005 4-197 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.18 Repairs/Adjustments REP 10.18 Inverter Output Guide Assembly Parts List on (32-55 ppm) PL 10.13, (65-75 ppm) PL 10.11 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the inverter assembly, REP 10.2. 2. Release the nip roll guide, Figure 1. Figure 1 Release nip roll guide 3. Remove the output guide, Figure 2. Figure 2 Remove the output guide 2 Remove two screws 1 Disconnect the harness 3 Lift the guide to release the nip roll guide 2 Remove two screws 1 Remove two screws 3 Flex the side plates to release the output guide July 2005 4-198 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 10.18 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Refer to GP 6 before refitting the screws. CAUTION Check that the inverter path solenoid harness is not caught between the nip roll guide and the support bracket, Figure 3. Figure 3 Inverter path solenoid harness Nip roll guide Support bracket Inverter path solenoid harness July 2005 4-199 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.1-110 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.1-110 2K LCSS Covers Parts List on PL 11.2. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Remove the covers, Figure 1. NOTE: Removing the top cover first will allow easy removal of the front and rear covers. Figure 1 Removing the covers Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the covers. 1 Open the exit cover, remove two screws. 5 Remove two screws. 3 Open the front door, remove four screws. 2 Remove the top cover. 4 Remove the front door cover assembly. 6 Remove the rear cover assembly. July 2005 4-200 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.2-110 Input Drive Belt and Paper Entry Transport Motor Parts List on PL 11.14. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 2K LCSS rear cover, REP 11.1-110. 2. Remove the motor and drive belt, Figure 1. Figure 1 Removing the drive belt Replacement 1. Place the belt around the pulleys. 2. Install the motor screws, but do not tighten. 3. Install the spring 4. Rotate the shaft by hand to ensure the belt runs smoothly over the pulleys and allow the spring to tension the belt. 5. Tighten the motor screws and re-connect the harness. 6. Install the 2K LCSS rear cover, REP 11.1-110. 2 Disconnect the motor harness. 1 Remove the spring. 4 Remove the drive belt. 3 Remove 2 screws and motor July 2005 4-201 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.3-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.3-110 Intermediate Paper Drive Belt Parts List on PL 11.22. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 2K LCSS rear cover REP 11.1-110. 2. Remove the intermediate paper drive belt, Figure 1. Figure 1 Removing the drive belt Replacement 1. Lubricate the belt tensioner, refer to ADJ 4.1. 2. Install the belt tensioner, shoulder screw, washer and spring. NOTE: The washer only fits over the threaded part of the shoulder screw. 3. Install the belt over the pulleys, ensuring that the belt is on all five pulleys. 2 Remove screw and move the sensor bracket assembly away. 3 Press down on the pulley to loosen the belt tension. 4 Remove the drive belt. 1 Remove the spring, shoulder screw and washer. July 2005 4-202 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.3-110, REP 11.4-110 Repairs/Adjustments NOTE: Two of the pulleys are free to slide along the shaft. Ensure the belt is correctly located on these pulleys. 4. Re-install the sensor bracket assembly and install the screw. 5. Install the 2K LCSS rear cover, REP 11.1-110. REP 11.4-110 Paper Output Drive Belt and Paper Transport Exit Motor Parts List on PL 11.22. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 2K LCSS rear cover, REP 11.1-110. 2. Remove the intermediate drive belt, REP 11.3-110. 3. Remove the output drive belt and motor, Figure 1. Replacement 1. Install the belt over the pulleys. 2. Install the motor pivot shouldered screw and fully tighten. 3. Install the two motor mounting bracket securing screws but do not tighten them. 4. Install the belt tensioner spring. 5. Rotate the belt by hand to allow the spring to tension the belt. Tighten the screws. 6. Install the intermediate drive belt, REP 11.3-110. 7. Install the 2K LCSS rear cover, REP 11.1-110. July 2005 4-203 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.4-110, REP 11.5-110 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Removing the drive belt REP 11.5-110 Bin 1 Drive Belts Parts List on PL 11.10. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 2K LCSS front and rear covers, REP 11.1-110. 2. Remove the bin 1 drive belt (rear) Figure 1. 3 Support the motor and remove three screws. 4 Remove the motor and belt. 1 Disconnect the motor har- ness from the main PWB. 2 Remove the belt tensioner spring. July 2005 4-204 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.5-110 Repairs/Adjustments NOTE: Keep all of the components removed as a set. The set of rear frame components are different from the front frame set. Figure 1 Bin 1 drive belt (rear) 3. Remove the bin 1 drive belt (front) Figure 2. 9 Remove 2 screws and upper pulley. 2 Remove E-clip and bearing. 6 Remove 3 screws and release the lower and middle PWB standoffs, leaving the PWB attached by only the top standoff. 12 Remove 2 screws, lower pulley and drive belt. 1 Disconnect PJ318. 3 Remove 3 screws, remove bracket with motor. 4 Fully lower bin 1. 11 Remove screw and remove the belt clamp. 5 Release the tensioner spring. 10 Disconnect PJ316 and release the belt from behind the PWB and drive pulley. 7 Remove 2 screws 8 Move motor assembly to the right July 2005 4-205 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.5-110 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Bin 1 drive belt (front) Replacement NOTE: Ensure the correct set of components are used for each side of the 2K LCSS. 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the bin 1 drive belts. NOTE: The bin 1 level can critically affect the overall stack registration. Refer to ADJ 11.1-110 if adjustment is necessary. 2. Install the front and rear covers REP 11.1-110. 1 If not already lowered, fully lower bin 1, refer to figure 1. 2 Release the tensioner spring. 3 Remove two screws and lower pulley. 5 Remove 2 screws, upper pulley and drive belt. 4 Remove screw and front belt clamp. July 2005 4-206 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.6-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.6-110 Tamper Assembly Parts List on PL 11.16. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 2K LCSS covers REP 11.1-110. 2. Prepare to remove the tamper assembly Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparing the tamper assembly 3. Figure 2, remove the tamper assembly. Figure 2 Removing the tamper assembly Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the tamper assembly. 1 Disconnect 3 sensor harnesses and release the harnesses from the retainers. 3 Release the harness from all retainers along the tamper assembly. 2 Disconnect the tamper motors harnesses. 4 Release the harness from the retainer next to the paddle motor assembly, PL 11.8 Item 10 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Lift the tamper assembly upwards and remove from the 2K LCSS July 2005 4-207 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.6-110, REP 11.7-110 Repairs/Adjustments NOTE: Ensure that the slots in the tamper assembly locate correctly in the 2K LCSS frame. NOTE: Ensure the sensors are correctly located in the tamper assembly, they are easily mis- located when being disconnected and re-connected to the harnesses. NOTE: Ensure that all connectors in the harness over the tamper assembly are securely con- nected. REP 11.7-110 Hole Punch Unit, Motor and Sensors Parts List on PL 11.6. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 2K LCSS covers, REP 11.1-110. 2. Remove and empty the chad bin, PL 11.6 Item 4. 3. Remove the hole punch unit, motor assembly and sensors, Figure 1. Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the hole punch unit, motor assembly and sen- sors. 2. If necessary, perform ADJ 11.3-110 Hole Punch Position. NOTE: When installing the hole punch motor assembly, ensure that the belt tensioner arm does not get trapped behind the motor assembly plate. NOTE: Refer to IQS 6 Copy / Print Defects for hole punch performance specifications. July 2005 4-208 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.7-110 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Hole punch unit, motor and sensors 4 Remove screw securing the sensor bracket. Disconnect the harnesses and remove the bracket assembly. Pinch together the legs to remove the punch head home and punch head present sensors. 3 Disconnect the motor harness and remove the hole punch motor assembly. 2 Remove two screws. 6 Remove screw and slide out the bracket. 5 Disconnect the PJ. 7 Remove 2 screws, remove sensors and disconnect the harnesses. 1 Remove the thumb screw and slide out the punch unit. July 2005 4-209 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.8-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.8-110 Stapler Traverse Assembly Parts List on PL 11.20. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Take care not to topple the 2K LCSS. The 2K LCSS is unstable when un-docked from the machine. Do not show the customer how to un-dock the 2K LCSS. 1. Un-dock the 2K LCSS, REP 11.13-110. 2. Remove the rear cover and front door cover assembly, REP 11.1-110. 3. Manually move the ejector, PL 11.18 fully to the right. 4. Figure 1, Disconnect the harness. Figure 1 Harness disconnection CAUTION When removing and replacing the stapler traverse assembly, support the weight of the assem- bly underneath the stapler and take care not to damage wiring. 5. Remove the stapler traverse assembly, Figure 2. Figure 2 Removing the stapler traverse assembly Replacement 1. Ensure the stapling traverse assembly is engaged on the front and rear locating dowels. 2. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the stapling unit. 1 Disconnect the group of 5 connec- tors. NOTE. the entry guide cover has been omitted for clarity 2 Remove 2 screws. SEE CAUTION 1 Remove screw. 3 Remove the stapler traverse assembly. SEE CAUTION. July 2005 4-210 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.9-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.9-110 Staple Head Unit Parts List on PL 11.20. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the stapler traverse assembly, REP 11.8-110. 2. Place the stapler traverse unit upside-down 3. Remove the staple head unit from the stapling unit Figure 1. Figure 1 Removing the staple head unit Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the staple head unit. 3 Remove two screws and remove the staple head unit. 1 Remove 2 screws, remove stapler cover. 2 Disconnect the harness July 2005 4-211 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.10-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.10-110 Ejector Assembly Sensors Parts List on PL 11.18. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Take care not to topple the 2K LCSS. The 2K LCSS is unstable when un-docked from the machine. Do not show the customer how to un-dock the 2K LCSS. 1. Disconnect the two harnesses between the 2K LCSS and the machine. 2. Un-dock the 2K LCSS, REP 11.13-110 and move it away from the machine. 3. Ensure the stapling unit is at the home position. 4. If necessary, manually move the ejector to the left position. 5. Figure 1, remove the ejector assembly. 6. Remove the appropriate sensor by releasing the legs of the sensor and disconnecting the harness. Replacement CAUTION When installing the ejector assembly onto the 2K LCSS, ensure that the ejector fingers do not damage the wiring to the staple head unit. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the eject assembly or sensors. Figure 1 Removing the ejector assembly 2 Remove 3 screws. 1 Disconnect 2 bulkhead connectors. 3 Lower the ejector assembly, disengage the dowels from the mounting blocks and remove. Ejector home sensor Q11-320 Ejector out sensor Q11-322 Ejector motor encoder sensor. Remove 2 screws and cover to access the sensor July 2005 4-212 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.11-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.11-110 Bin 1 Level Sensors Parts List on PL 11.12. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the ejector assembly, REP 11.10-110. 2. Remove the stacker level sensors Figure 1. Figure 1 Removing the stacker level sensors Replacement Reverse the removal procedures to replace the bin 1 level sensors. 2 Disconnect 2 connectors. 1 Remove two screws and harness retainers. 4 Release the sensors and disconnect harnesses. 3 Remove 2 screws, remove sensor support assembly. July 2005 4-213 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.12-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.12-110 Paddle Wheel Shaft Assembly Parts List on PL 11.8. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the stapler traverse assembly, REP 11.8-110. 2. Remove the tamper assembly, REP 11.6-110. 3. Figure 1, remove the paddle motor assembly. Figure 1 Paddle motor assembly 4. Figure 2, prepare the rear components. 1 Release harness from retainer 2 Disconnect 2 harnesses 3 Remove 2 screws 4 Remove motor assembly July 2005 4-214 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.12-110 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Rear preparation 5. Figure 3, prepare the front components. Figure 3 Front preparation 6. Ensure that the compiler ejector is in the home position (fully to the left). 7. Figure 4, remove the paddle wheel shaft assembly. 1 Remove E-clip and flag 2 Remove gear assembly 3 Remove E-clip and bearing 4 Remove 3 screws 1 Remove E-clip 2 Release spring and remove the switch actuator 3 Remove 2 screws 4 remove screw 5 Disconnect the harness and remove the switch bracket July 2005 4-215 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.12-110 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Paddle wheel shaft removal Replacement 1. Install the paddle wheel shaft, ensure that the pin on the rear of the safety gate switch cam, refer to Figure 3, locates in the safety gate. Install the front E-clip. 2. Install the output cover, refer to Figure 4, ensuring that the safety gate is aligned with the slots in the output cover. 3. Install the rear bearing and E-clip. 4. Install the switch bracket, 1 screw, connect the harness, refer to Figure 3. 5. Install the gear assembly, refer to Figure 2, ensuring that it locates onto the large D flat. 6. Install the flag and E-clip, refer to Figure 2, ensuring that the flag locates on the small D flat. 7. Figure 5, ensure the paddles and flag are correctly aligned, install the motor assembly, refer to Figure 1. Figure 5 Paddle alignment 8. Test the operation of the paddle roll, enter dC330, output code 11-025. When the code is cancelled the paddles must stop with both rubber blades inside of the output cover. If nec- essary, check that the gear assembly and flag are correctly located on the D flats. 1 Move the output cover to the right 2 Slide shaft assembly to the rear 3 Remove the shaft assembly 1 Align paddles with the output cover 2 Ensure the encoder flag is within the sensor July 2005 4-216 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.13-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.13-110 2K LCSS Undocking Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Take care not to topple the 2K LCSS. The 2K LCSS is unstable when un-docked from the machine. Do not show the customer how to un-dock the 2K LCSS. 1. If necessary, disconnect the harnesses between the 2K LCSS and the machine. 2. Open the 2K LCSS front door. 3. Figure 1, release the 2K LCSS link bracket assembly. Figure 1 2K LCSS link bracket assembly Replacement Line up the 2K LCSS latches to the machine apertures then push the two units firmly together until they latch. 1 Press the latch block forward to release both latches. 2 Roll the 2K LCSS away from the machine. July 2005 4-217 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.14-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.14-110 2K LCSS PWB Parts List on PL 11.26 Item 1. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 2K LCSS rear cover assembly, REP 11.1-110. 2. Disconnect all harness connectors from the 2K LCSS PWB. 3. Remove the three screws and release the three standoffs securing the 2K LCSS PWB. Replacement NOTE: Before replacing the 2K LCSS rear cover assembly, perform 11F-110 2K LCSS PWB DIP Switch Settings RAP. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the 2K LCSS PWB. July 2005 4-218 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.15-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.15-110 Entry Guide Cover Parts List on PL 11.24 Item 5. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 2K LCSS front cover and 2K LCSS rear cover, REP 11.1-110. 2. Disconnect the harness to the entry sensor, PL 11.24 Item 3, at the rear frame. 3. Figure 1, remove the entry guide cover. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the entry guide cover. Figure 1 Entry guide cover removal 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove 2 screws 3 Remove the cover July 2005 4-219 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.16-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.16-110 Docking Latch Assembly Parts List on PL 11.4. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the front and rear covers, REP 11.1-110. 2. Figure 1, prepare to remove the docking latch assembly. Figure 1 Prepare to remove the latch. 3. Figure 2, remove the docking latch assembly. Figure 2 Latch assembly removal. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the docking latch assembly. CAUTION Ensure that the front and rear harness are threaded through the flanged holes, refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2. 1 Disconnect P/J302 2 Remove 2 screws Flanged hole 2 Disconnect the switch harness 1 Release the harness retainer 3 Remove 2 screws Flanged hole 4 Remove the latch assembly July 2005 4-220 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.17-110 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.17-110 Ejector Belt Parts List on PL 11.18. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the ejector assembly, refer to REP 11.10-110. 2. Figure 1, remove the ejector belt. Figure 1 Remove the ejector belt Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure the ejector belt is correctly engaged with the belt grip on the ejector assembly before the clip is reinstalled. Refer to Figure 1. 1 Remove the clip. 2 Remove the E-clip. 3 Remove the pulley then the ejector belt. Belt grip. July 2005 4-221 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.1-120 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.1-120 1K LCSS Covers Parts List on PL 11.100. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Remove the covers, Figure 1. NOTE: Removing the top cover first will allow easy removal of the front and rear covers. Figure 1 Removing the covers Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the covers. 1 Open the exit cover. Remove two screws, then the top cover. 2 Remove two screws, then the rear cover. 3 Open the front door, remove three screws. 4 Remove the front door cover assembly. July 2005 4-222 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-120 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.2-120 Input Drive Belt and Transport Motor 1 Parts List on PL 11.110. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 1K LCSS rear cover, REP 11.1-120. 2. Remove transport motor 1 and the input drive belt, Figure 1. Figure 1 Removing the drive belt Replacement 1. Place the belt around the pulleys. NOTE: Ensure that the shoulder screw is installed in the correct position. Refer to Figure 1. 2. Install the motor screws, but do not tighten. 3. Install the spring. 4. Rotate the shaft by hand to ensure the belt runs smoothly over the pulleys and allow the spring to tension the belt. 5. Tighten the motor screws and re-connect the harness. 6. Install the 1K LCSS rear cover, REP 11.1-120. 1 Disconnect PJ17. 2 Remove the spring. 4 Remove the drive belt. 3 Remove 3 screws, then transport motor 1. Shoulder screw. July 2005 4-223 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.3-120, REP 11.4-120 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.3-120 1K LCSS Stability Foot Parts List on PL 11.100. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 1K LCSS, REP 11.11-120. 2. Figure 1, remove the stability foot. Figure 1 Removal Replacement Align the slots in the stability foot with the locating pins under the machine. Firmly push the sta- bility foot into position. REP 11.4-120 Paper Output Drive Belt and Transport Motor 2 Parts List on PL 11.120. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 1K LCSS top cover and rear cover, REP 11.1-120. 2. Remove the intermediate drive belt, PL 11.118 Item 4. 3. Remove the paper output drive belt, Figure 1. Figure 1 Removing the paper output drive belt 4. Remove transport motor 2, Figure 2. 1 Push down the rear locking tab. Release the rear of the stability foot. 2 Push down the front locking tab. Remove the stability foot. Locating pin Locating pin 3 Remove the paper output drive belt. 1 Loosen the screw. 2 Release the tension on the paper output drive belt. Re-tighten the screw. July 2005 4-224 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.4-120, REP 11.5-120 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Removing transport motor 2 Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: Rotate the paper output drive belt by hand to allow the spring to tension the belt. Tighten the screw. REP 11.5-120 Bin 1 Drive Belts Parts List on PL 11.106. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Enter dC330, code 11-032, bin 1 elevator motor down. Fully lower bin 1. 2. Open the 1K LCSS front door, PL 11.100 Item 4. 3. Switch off the machine. 4. Remove the 1K LCSS rear cover and front cover, REP 11.1-120. NOTE: Keep all of the components removed as a set. The set of rear frame components are different from the front frame set. 5. Prepare to remove the rear bin 1 drive belt, Figure 1. 2 Remove 2 screws. 3 Remove transport motor 2. 1 Disconnect the inline PJ. July 2005 4-225 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.5-120 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Preparation 6. Remove the rear bin 1 drive belt, Figure 2. Figure 2 Bin 1 drive belt removal (rear) 7. Remove the bin 1 drive belt (front) Figure 3. 3 Remove the E-clip and bearing. 2 Disconnect PJ6, PJ4, PJ1, PJ3 and PJ12. Release the harnesses from the 2 cable clamps. 4 Remove 3 screws and 1 earth lead. 1 Release the tensioner spring. 5 Remove the bin 1 elevator motor and bracket. 2 Remove 3 screws marked A. Release 1 standoff. 3 Disconnect PJ. 1 Remove 2 screws then the lower pulley. Standoff. 5 Remove 1 screw from the belt clamp. Remove the belt. 4 Remove 2 screws then the upper pulley. July 2005 4-226 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.5-120, REP 11.6-120 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Bin 1 drive belt (front) Replacement NOTE: Ensure the correct set of components are used for each side of the 1K LCSS. 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the bin 1 drive belts. NOTE: Bin 1 level can critically affect the overall stack registration. Refer to ADJ 11.1-120 if adjustment is necessary. REP 11.6-120 Tamper Assembly Parts List on PL 11.112. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 1K LCSS covers REP 11.1-120. 2. Prepare to remove the tamper assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparing the tamper assembly 1 Release the tensioner spring. 2 Remove two screws then the lower pulley. 4 Remove screw and front belt clamp. Remove the belt. 3 Remove two screws then the upper pul- ley. 1 Disconnect 3 sensor harnesses and release the harnesses from the retainers. 3 Release the harness from all retainers along the tamper assembly. 2 Disconnect the tamper motors harnesses. 4 Release the harness from the retainer next to the paddle motor assembly, PL 11.104 Item 10. July 2005 4-227 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.6-120, REP 11.7-120 Repairs/Adjustments 3. Figure 2, remove the tamper assembly. Figure 2 Removing the tamper assembly Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the tamper assembly. NOTE: Ensure that the slots in the tamper assembly locate correctly in the 1K LCSS frame. NOTE: Ensure the sensors are correctly located in the tamper assembly, they are easily mis- located when being disconnected and re-connected to the harnesses. NOTE: Ensure that all connectors in the harness over the tamper assembly are securely con- nected. REP 11.7-120 Stapler Assembly and SH1 Paper Sensor Parts List on PL 11.116. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 1K LCSS covers, REP 11.1-120. 2. Manually move the ejector, PL 11.114 fully to the right (out position). 3. Prepare to remove the staple head unit and mounting bracket, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparation CAUTION When removing and replacing the stapler assembly, support the weight of the assembly under- neath the stapler and take care not to damage wiring. 4. Remove the stapler assembly, Figure 2. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Lift the tamper assembly upwards and remove from the 1K LCSS. 2 Disconnect the bulk- head connector. 1 Remove 2 screws. July 2005 4-228 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.7-120 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Removal CAUTION When removing the SH1 paper sensor, do not damage the actuator for the SH1 cartridge sen- sor, Figure 3. 5. Remove the SH1 paper sensor, Figure 3. Figure 3 SH1 paper sensor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the staple head unit. 1 Remove 2 screws. 2 Remove the stapler assembly. See CAUTION. 1 Disconnect the PJ. 2 Remove 3 screws. SH1 cartridge sensor actuator 3 Remove the SH1 paper sensor. July 2005 4-229 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.8-120 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.8-120 Ejector Assembly and Sensors Parts List on PL 11.114. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. If necessary, manually move the ejector to the right (out position). 2. Remove the docking latch, REP 11.14-120. NOTE: Do not disconnect the docking interlock switch. 3. Figure 1, remove the ejector assembly. Figure 1 Removing the ejector assembly 2 Remove 3 screws. 1 Disconnect 2 bulkhead connectors. 3 Lower the ejector assembly, disengage the dowels from the mounting blocks and remove. Ejector home sensor Q11-320 Ejector out sensor Q11-322 Ejector motor encoder sensor. 4 Remove 2 screws and cover to access the sensor. July 2005 4-230 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.8-120, REP 11.9-120 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Remove the appropriate sensor by releasing the legs of the sensor and disconnecting the harness. Replacement CAUTION When installing the ejector assembly onto the 1K LCSS, ensure that the ejector fingers do not damage the wiring to the staple head unit. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the eject assembly or sensors. REP 11.9-120 Bin 1 Upper Level Sensor Parts List on PL 11.106. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the ejector assembly, REP 11.8-120. 2. Remove the bin 1 upper level sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Removing the stacker level sensors Replacement Reverse the removal procedures to replace the bin 1 upper level sensor. 2 Remove two screws, then the sensor support. 1 Disconnect the harness. 3 Unclip the sensor. July 2005 4-231 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.10-120 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.10-120 Paddle Wheel Shaft Assembly Parts List on PL 11.104. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the tamper assembly, REP 11.6-120. 2. Figure 1, remove the paddle motor assembly. Figure 1 Paddle motor assembly 3. Figure 2, prepare the rear components. 2 Disconnect PJ. 3 Remove 2 screws 4 Remove motor assembly. 1 Disconnect PJ14. July 2005 4-232 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.10-120 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Rear preparation 4. Figure 3, prepare the front components. Figure 3 Front preparation 5. Ensure that the compiler ejector is fully to the left (home position). 6. Figure 4, remove the paddle wheel shaft assembly. 1 Remove E-clip and flag. 2 Remove E-clip and bearing 3 Remove 3 screws marked A. 1 Remove E-clip and bearing. 2 Remove 3 screws marked A. July 2005 4-233 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.10-120 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Paddle wheel shaft removal Replacement 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure the paddles and flag are correctly aligned, refer to Figure 5. Figure 5 Paddle alignment 2. Test the operation of the paddle roll, enter dC330, output code 11-025. When the code is cancelled the paddles must stop with both rubber blades inside of the output cover. If nec- essary, check that the gear assembly and flag are correctly located on the D flats. 1 Remove the output cover. 2 Remove the shaft assembly. 1 Align paddles with the output cover. 2 Ensure the encoder flag is within the sensor. July 2005 4-234 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.11-120 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.11-120 1K LCSS Removal Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS. WARNING Use safe handling procedures when removing the module, GP 16. The module is heavy. NOTE: The 1K LCSS weight is 21Kg (46lb). 1. Disconnect the harnesses between the 1K LCSS and the machine. 2. Remove the 1K LCSS bin 1, PL 11.100 Item 10. 3. Remove the 1K LCSS top cover, refer to REP 11.1-120. 4. Open the 1K LCSS front door. 5. Figure 1, prepare to remove the 1K LCSS. Figure 1 1K LCSS link bracket assembly 6. Close the 1K LCSS front door. 1 Remove 2 thumb- screws from under- neath the 1K LCSS. 2 Pull the latch block forward to release both latches. July 2005 4-235 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.11-120, REP 11.12-120 Repairs/Adjustments 7. Figure 2, remove the 1K LCSS. Figure 2 1K LCSS removal Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the bottom bracket on the 1K LCSS is located over the support pins. Line up the 1K LCSS latches to the machine apertures then push the two units firmly together until they latch. REP 11.12-120 1K LCSS PWB Parts List on PL 11.124. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 1K LCSS rear cover, REP 11.1-120. 2. Disconnect all harness connectors from the 1K LCSS PWB. 3. Remove the three screws and release the three standoffs securing the 1K LCSS PWB. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the 1K LCSS PWB. Before replacing the 1K LCSS rear cover, perform the 11F-120 1K LCSS PWB DIP Switch Settings RAP. 1 Slide the 1K LCSS away from the machine to disengage the latches and bottom bracket. 2 Use the lifting handles to remove the 1K LCSS from the mounting bracket. Docking latch (front and rear) Bottom bracket Support pins (front and rear) July 2005 4-236 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.13-120 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.13-120 Entry Guide Cover Parts List on PL 11.122. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 1K LCSS, REP 11.11-120. 2. Remove the 1K LCSS front cover and rear cover, REP 11.1-120. 3. Figure 1, remove the entry guide cover. Figure 1 Entry guide cover removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the entry guide cover. 2 Remove 2 screws 3 Remove 2 screws 4 Remove the cover 1 Disconnect the bulkhead connector July 2005 4-237 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.14-120 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.14-120 Docking Latch Assembly and Docking Interlock Switch Parts List on PL 11.102. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the 1K LCSS, REP 11.11-120. 2. Figure 1, prepare to remove the docking latch assembly. Figure 1 Preparation 3. Figure 2, remove the docking latch assembly. Figure 2 Latch assembly removal 4. Remove the sensor cover, PL 11.102 Item 1. 5. Release the docking interlock switch from the sensor cover. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the docking latch assembly. CAUTION Ensure that the harness is put through the flanged hole, refer to Figure 1. 1 Disconnect PJ6. 2 Release 2 harness retainers. 3 Pull the harness through the flanged hole. 4 Remove 2 screws 1 Release the harness retainer 2 Remove 2 screws 3 Remove the latch assembly July 2005 4-238 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.15-120 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.15-120 Ejector Belt Parts List on PL 11.114. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the ejector assembly, refer to REP 11.8-120. 2. Figure 1, remove the ejector belt. Figure 1 Remove the ejector belt Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure the ejector belt is correctly engaged with the belt grip on the ejector assembly before the clip is reinstalled. Refer to Figure 1. 1 Remove the clip. 2 Remove the E-clip. 3 Remove the pulley then the ejector belt. Belt grip. . July 2005 4-239 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.1-130 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.1-130 HCSS Covers Parts List on PL 11.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. NOTE: All major HCSS covers are dealt with in this procedure, only remove the covers listed in the procedure that you are performing. Figure 1, remove the top cover. Figure 1 Top cover removal Figure 2, remove the rear cover. Figure 2 Rear cover removal To remove the front door, remove the lower hinge pin and slide the door from the upper pivot pin, refer to PL 11.30. To remove the front cover, remove 6 screws, refer to PL 11.30. To remove the hole punch access cover, remove 2 thumb screws, refer to PL 11.30. To remove the upper left cover, remove two screws, refer to PL 11.30. 3 Disconnect PJ493 and PJ439 4 Remove the top cover. 2 Remove 2 screws 1 Pivot the top tray. Remove 2 screws 2 Remove 4 screws 4 Remove the rear cover 1 Remove the harness from the retainer. 3 Remove one screw July 2005 4-240 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.1-130, REP 11.2-130 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to install the HCSS covers. NOTE: If the compiler carriage is in the fully raised position, the safety gate on the top cover will need to be raised by hand when top cover is installed. REP 11.2-130 Compiler Carriage Assembly Parts List on PL 11.46 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Do not remove the compiler carriage elevator motor worm wheel to move the compiler carriage 1. Cheat the front door interlock. Enter dC330 code 11-015, compiler carriage motor step down and code 11-013, compiler carriage motor step up to move the compiler carriage to the service position, Figure 1. If necessary, select stop to halt the compiler carriage in the service position. Remove the interlock cheater and switch off the machine, GP 14. Figure 1 Service position 2. Remove the HCSS top cover, rear cover, front door and front cover, REP 11.1-130. 3. Remove bin 0, PL 11.60 Item 15. Jam clearance knob must align with lower screw July 2005 4-241 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-130 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Remove bin 1, REP 11.5-130. 5. Figure 2, disconnect the harnesses. Figure 2 Disconnect the carriage PWB 6. Move the stapler assembly inboard by about 75 mm (3 inches). 7. Figure 3, release the mylar guide. Figure 3 Mylar guide release 8. Remove the compiler carriage support springs from the base of the HCSS. Figure 4, install the compiler carriage supports. 2 Disconnect PJ401, PJ412, PJ411 and PJ410 from the carriage PWB 3 Disconnect the earth wire 1 Release the harnesses between the HCSS PWB and carriage PWB from the bridge 1 Release the tension of the mylar guide 2 Move the metal end of the mylar guide towards the front and unhook from the hole in the compiler car- riage frame 3 Carefully allow the mylar guide to be rolled upwards by the spring July 2005 4-242 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Compiler carriage supports 9. Figure 5, remove the clamp. Figure 5 Clamp removal 10. Figure 6, release the compiler carriage assembly from the frame. 1 Hook top of the compiler carriage supports into the screw holes 2 Hook the bottom of the compiler carriage sup- ports under the black plastic cross member Remove screw and clamp July 2005 4-243 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 6 Releasing the carriage assembly 3 Push the carriage assembly towards the front until the rear belt grip clears the rear frame 1 Push the carriage assembly towards the rear until the front belt grip clears the front frame 2 Pull the compiler carriage outside the frame 4 Pull the compiler carriage outside the frame July 2005 4-244 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-130 Repairs/Adjustments WARNING Use safe handling procedures, GP 16 when removing the module. The module is heavy. NOTE: The carriage assembly weighs approximately 5.5Kg (12lb). CAUTION Do not damage the compiler sensor, when removing the compiler carriage assembly. 11. Figure 7, remove the compiler carriage assembly. Figure 7 Removing the compiler carriage assembly 3 Support the carriage assembly with one hand and release the compiler carriage sup- ports 4 Turn the assembly in an anti-clockwise direction and remove through the frame 1 Pull the belt out of the front belt grip 2 Pull the belt out of the rear belt grip July 2005 4-245 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-130 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the compiler carriage assembly, referring to the fol- lowing list: 1. Use the compiler carriage supports to support the compiler carriage during the replace- ment. 2. Ensure that the compiler is aligned as shown in Figure 8. Figure 8 Carriage alignment 3. If necessary the elevator belt tensioner springs can be repositioned, refer to REP 11.8- 130. 4. Remove the compiler carriage supports. 5. Figure 9, ensure the mylar guide is correctly located. Top of both grips must align with marks on the frame Belt tensioner springs must be 50 +/- 10 mm (2 +/- 0.5 inches) below the bottom of the belt grips July 2005 4-246 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 9 Mylar guide position Incorrect Mylar guide is outboard of the compiler carriage frame top Incorrect Mylar guide is inboard of the compiler carriage frame top Correct Mylar guide is flush with the compiler carriage frame top July 2005 4-247 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.3-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.3-130 Staple Head Unit 1 Assembly and SH1 Paper Sensor Parts List on PL 11.46 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS front door and cheat the front door interlock. Enter dC330 code 11-016 to move the compiler carriage to the lowest position. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 2. Remove the top cover, REP 11.1-130. 3. Remove bin 0, PL 11.30 Item 15. 4. Remove bin 1, REP 11.5-130. 5. Figure 1, release the mylar guide. Figure 1 Mylar guide 6. Figure 2, release the compiler input guide. 1 Release the tension of the mylar guide 2 Move the metal end of the mylar guide towards the front and unhook from the hole in the compiler carriage frame 3 Carefully allow the mylar guide to be rolled upwards 4 Lay the mylar guide over the input guide July 2005 4-248 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.3-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Compiler input guide 7. Remove the staple head cover (one screw), PL 11.46 Item 12. 8. Disconnect the stapler harness from the compiler PWB at PJ414 and the ground connec- tor, cut the tie wrap. 9. Figure 3, remove the compiler staple head assembly. Figure 3 Staple head removal 10. Figure 4, remove the SH1 paper sensor. 1 Unhook spring 2 Remove 2 screws 3 Push guide to the right 1 Remove two screws 2 Remove the staple head July 2005 4-249 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.3-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Sensor removal 11. Disconnect the harness from the staple head. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the staple head assembly. 1 Disconnect the sensor harness 2 Press in both lugs at one end and lift the sensor at that end 3 Press in both lugs at the other end and lift the sensor to remove July 2005 4-250 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.4-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.4-130 Carriage PWB Parts List on PL 11.46 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the HCSS top cover and rear cover, REP 11.1-130. 2. Figure 1, remove the harness cover and support. Figure 1 Harness cover and support 3. Figure 2, remove the carriage PWB. 1 Un-clip the harness cover by releasing the two latches 2 Cut two tie wraps, discon- nect the harnesses and release from the support 3 Remove screw and release the support from the top mounting July 2005 4-251 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.4-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Carriage PWB removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedures to replace the carriage PWB. Ensure the harness cover removed in Figure 1, is correctly installed so that it does not interfere with jam clearance latch 5d. CAUTION Figure 3. When securing the harness to the support, ensure that the harness cannot be dam- aged when the compiler carriage moves between the upper and lower limits. Figure 3 Harness position 1 Disconnect all con- nectors on the PWB 2 Remove screw 3 Lift PWB from retainers Harness must clear this plate Harness must clear this support July 2005 4-252 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.5-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.5-130 Bin 1 or Bin 2 Assembly Parts List on PL 11.52 and PL 11.54 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. NOTE: This procedure illustrates the procedure for the bin 1 assembly. The procedure for bin 2 is similar. The Bin 1 assembly must be removed before the bin 2 assembly. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the HCSS top cover, rear cover, front door and front cover, REP 11.1-130. 2. Release the harness to the appropriate bin from the harness support next to the HCSS PWB. 3. Disconnect PJ416 and PJ424. 4. Figure 1, remove the bin assembly. Replacement Reverse the removal procedures to replace the bin 1 assembly. Figure 1 Bin 1 assembly removal 1 Remove screw 3 Lift and remove the bin assembly 2 Remove screw July 2005 4-253 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.6-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.6-130 Compiler Carriage Elevator Motor, Bracket and Bearing Parts List on PL 11.44 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Cheat the front door interlock. Enter dC330 code 11-015, compiler carriage motor step down and code 11-013, compiler carriage motor step up, to move the compiler carriage to the service position, Figure 1. Figure 1 Service position 2. Remove the HCSS top cover and rear cover, REP 11.1-130. 3. Figure 2, install the compiler carriage supports. Jam clearance knob must align with lower screw July 2005 4-254 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.6-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Compiler carriage supports NOTE: The motor worm and wheel are greased, wear disposable gloves, PL 26.10 Item 10 during this step to avoid grease contamination. 4. Rotate the compiler carriage elevator motor worm by hand to release the tension on the elevator belts 5. Remove the rear elevator belt tensioner spring, REP 11.8-130. 6. Figure 3, remove the compiler carriage elevator motor. Figure 3 Motor and bracket removal 7. Figure 4, remove the motor from the bracket. 1 Hook the top of the compiler carriage supports into the screw holes 2 Hook the bottom of the com- piler carriage supports under the black plastic cross member NOTE: Bin 0 and bin 1 have been omitted for clarity 1 Remove E-clip 2 Remove worm wheel and E-clip behind the worm wheel 3 Disconnect the harness 5 Remove the motor assembly and bearing 4 Remove 3 screws NOTE: Bin 1 has been omitted for clar- ity July 2005 4-255 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.6-130, REP 11.7-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 motor removal Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the compiler carriage elevator motor and bracket. 2. Install the rear elevator belt tensioning spring, REP 11.8-130. REP 11.7-130 Compiler Carriage Elevator Belts Parts List on PL 11.44 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Figure 1, cheat the HCSS front door interlock. Enter dC330 code 11-015, compiler car- riage motor step down and 11-013, compiler carriage motor step up, to move the compiler carriage to the service position. Figure 1 Service position 2. Remove the HCSS top cover, rear cover, front cover and front door, REP 11.1-130. 3. Remove bin 0, PL 11.30 Item 15. 4. Remove bin 1, REP 11.5-130. 5. Figure 2, install the compiler carriage supports. 1 Remove E-clip and bearing 2 Remove 2 screws 3 Remove motor Jam clearance knob must align with lower screw July 2005 4-256 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.7-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Compiler carriage supports 6. Figure 3, remove the locking block. Figure 3 Locking block removal 7. Figure 4, release the compiler carriage assembly from the frame. 1 Hook the top of the compiler carriage supports into the screw holes 2 Hook the bottom of the com- piler carriage supports under the black plastic cross mem- ber Remove the screw and locking block July 2005 4-257 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.7-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Releasing the carriage assembly 8. Figure 5, release the elevator belts from the carriage belt grips. 1 Push the carriage assembly towards the rear until the front belt grip clears the front frame. 2 Pull the compiler carriage outside the frame. 3 Push the carriage assembly towards the front until the rear belt grip clears the rear frame. 4 Pull the compiler carriage outside the frame. July 2005 4-258 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.7-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 5 Release the belts from the carriage 9. Remove the compiler carriage elevator motor, REP 11.6-130. 10. Figure 6, release the rear belts from the top pulley. Figure 6 Releasing belts 11. Figure 7, remove the rear elevator belt. 1 Pull the belt out of the front belt grip 2 Pull the belt out of the rear belt grip 2 Slide the small belt off the pul- ley and slowly release the ten- sion to the mylar guide system. Lay the mylar guide over the input baffle 3 Slide the large belt off the pulley 1 Mark the position of the small belt on the pulley July 2005 4-259 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.7-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 7 Elevator belt removal 12. Figure 8, remove the front elevator belt. Figure 8 Releasing the belt Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the compiler carriage elevator belts. Ensure the small belt is returned to its original position on the pulley. 2. Tension the compiler carriage elevator belts, refer to REP 11.8-130. 2 Slide the belt off the pulley and remove through the hole in the frame 1 Remove the belt tensioner spring 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Lift the shaft slightly and slide the belt off the pulley and free from the frame 4 Remove the belt from the top pulley. 3 Remove the belt tensioner spring July 2005 4-260 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.8-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.8-130 Elevator Belt Tensioner Springs Parts List on PL 11.44 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. NOTE: This procedure illustrates the front elevator belt tensioner spring. The procedure for the rear spring is identical. 1. Remove bin1, REP 11.5-130. 2. Figure 1, remove the spring. Figure 1 Removing spring Replacement 1. Figure 2, replace the spring. Figure 2 Replacing spring 2. Install bin 1, REP 11.5-130. 1 Insert long nosed piers through the spring 2 Twist the piers to compress the spring 3 Twist the spring away from the belt 4 Release the tension in the spring and remove from the belt 1 Position one leg of spring on the belt 2 Insert long nosed pliers through the spring 3 Twist the pliers to compress the spring 4 Hook the leg of the spring over the belt 5 Allow the spring to tension the belt and remove the pliers July 2005 4-261 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.9-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.9-130 HCSS Castors Parts List on PL 11.30 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Separate the HCSS from the machine, REP 11.19-130. 2. If removing the rear non-adjustable castor, remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-130. 3. Figure 1, remove a non-adjustable castor. Figure 1 Removal of non-adjustable castors 4. Figure 2, remove or adjust an adjustable castor. 2 Remove the relevant screw. 1 Place two reams of paper at the front or rear of the HCSS July 2005 4-262 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.9-130, REP 11.10-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Caster removal or adjustment Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to install the HCSS castors. REP 11.10-130 Hole Punch Motor and Coupling Parts List on PL 11.38, PL 11.36 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the HCSS top cover, HCSS rear cover and HCSS upper left cover, REP 11.1- 130. 2. Figure 1, remove the hole punch motor. Figure 1 Hole punch motor removal 3. Remove the hole punch unit, PL 11.36 Item 12. Remove the hole punch motor coupling by pulling from the shaft. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the hole punch motor. 1 Place two reams of paper at the front or rear of the HCSS 2 Tilt the HCSS suffi- ciently to slide the paper reams under the base 3 To adjust the height of the HCSS, rotate the hand wheel in the appropriate direction. To remove the castor, unscrew in the direction of the arrow 1 Remove two screws 2 Disconnect the harness and remove the motor July 2005 4-263 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.10-130, REP 11.11-130 Repairs/Adjustments NOTE: When replacing the hole punch motor coupling, unsure that it is located against the shoulder on the shaft. REP 11.11-130 Upper Paper Guide Parts List on PL 11.40 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the top cover, REP 11.1-130. 2. Figure 1, remove the front and rear supports. Figure 1 Removing supports 1 Remove 2 screws and rear support 2 Remove 2 screws and front support July 2005 4-264 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.11-130, REP 11.12-130 Repairs/Adjustments 3. Figure 2, Remove the upper paper guide. Figure 2 Removing guide Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the upper paper guide. REP 11.12-130 Diverter Gate and Solenoid Parts List on PL 11.36 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the HCSS top cover, rear cover upper left cover and front cover, REP 11.1-130. 2. Remove one screw and the diverter solenoid cover, PL 11.36 Item 2. 3. Remove the upper paper guide, REP 11.11-130. 4. Figure 1, prepare to remove the diverter gate. 1 Remove 4 screws 2 Release the guide from the 4 locating features and remove July 2005 4-265 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.12-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Preparation 5. Figure 2, remove the diverter gate. Figure 2 Diverter gate removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to install the diverter gate. 3 Remove two bearings. One at each end of the shaft. 2 Remove the two E clips. One at each end of the shaft. 1 Remove 2 screws, disconnect the harness and remove the solenoid. 3 Carefully bend the centre of the diverter gate upwards and remove 2 Push the diverter gate fully to the rear 1 Carefully push the lever past the shaft to rest against the inner baffle July 2005 4-266 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.13-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.13-130 Mylar Guide Assembly Parts List on PL 11.40 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following parts: Mylar guide reel, PL 11.40 Item 4. Mylar guide torsion spring, PL 11.40 Item 5. Mylar guide clamp, PL 11.40 Item 7. Pulley gear, PL 11.40 Item 9. Drive belt, PL 11.40 Item 10. Shaft, PL 11.40 Item 15. Mylar guide, PL 11.40 Item 16. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS front door and cheat the front door interlock. Enter dC330 code 11-016 to move the compiler carriage to the lowest position. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 2. Remove the HCSS top cover, rear cover and front door, REP 11.1-130. 3. Remove bin 0, PL 11.30 Item 15. 4. Remove the bin 1 assembly, REP 11.5-130. 5. Remove the upper paper guide, REP 11.11-130. 6. Figure 1, release the mylar guide. Figure 1 Release the mylar guide 7. Figure 2, loosen the belt tensioner. 1 Release the tension of the mylar guide 2 Move the metal end of the guide towards the front or rear and unhook from the hole in the compiler carriage frame 3 Carefully allow the mylar guide to be rolled upwards by the spring July 2005 4-267 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.13-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Belt tensioner 8. Figure 3, remove the mylar guide reel bearings. Figure 3 Bearing removal 9. Figure 4, remove the pulley/gear and drive belt. 1 Loosen screw 3 turns 1 Remove E-clip and bearing 2 Remove E-clip and bearing July 2005 4-268 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.13-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Belt drive 10. Roll the mylar guide fully onto the guide reel. 11. Figure 5, remove the mylar guide reel assembly. Figure 5 Guide reel assembly 12. Figure 6, remove the mylar guide, mylar guide clamp, torsion spring and gear. 1 Remove E-clip 3 Remove belt 2 Remove the pulley/gear 1 Push the assembly to the rear 2 Remove the shaft from the front hole 3 Remove the assembly July 2005 4-269 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.13-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 6 Mylar guide 13. Figure 7, Remove the shaft. Figure 7 Shaft removal Replacement 1. Re-assemble the mylar guide reel, shaft and end caps. 2. Figure 8, install the mylar guide and clamp. 1 Remove gear and spring 2 Fully unwind the mylar guide 3 Remove 3 screws 4 Remove the mylar guide clamp and mylar guide 1 Remove E-clip and front cap 2 Remove E-clip and rear cap 3 Remove the shaft from the mylar guide reel July 2005 4-270 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.13-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 8 Mylar guide position 3. Roll the mylar guide fully onto the guide reel. 4. Figure 9, install the torsion spring and gear. Figure 9 Spring location 5. Install the following components by reversing the removal procedure: Mylar guide reel assembly. Belt drive. Mylar guide reel bearings. 6. Figure 10, set the position of the mylar guide to correctly tension the torsion spring. 1 Round hole must be at the front of the guide reel 2 Position the clamp 3 Install 3 screws 1 Engage spring in hook of guide reel 2 Slide the gear on the shaft and engage spring in slot July 2005 4-271 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.13-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 10 Spring tension 7. Figure 11, Connect the mylar guide to the compiler carriage. 1 Slide the small belt off the pulley 2 Rotate the mylar guide drum using the belt until the free end of the mylar guide aligns with the step in the frame 3 Slide the small belt on the pulley July 2005 4-272 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.13-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 11 Mylar guide attachment 8. Reverse the removal procedure to install the remainder of the components. 1 Hook the mylar guide into the hole in the compiler carriage frame 2 Slide the hook to the centre of the carriage hole Incorrect Mylar guide is outboard of the compiler carriage frame top Incorrect Mylar guide is inboard of the compiler carriage frame top Correct Mylar guide is flush with the compiler carriage frame top July 2005 4-273 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.14-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.14-130 Vertical Transport Belts and Pre-compile Pulleys Parts List on PL 11.42 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage assembly, REP 11.2-130. 2. Lay the mylar guide over the input guide. 3. Figure 1, remove the drive pulley. Figure 1 Belt removal 4. Figure 2, release the belts from the upper pre-compile pulleys. 1 Loosen screw 2 Slide tensioner bracket fully upwards 3 Tighten screw 4 Remove the belt from around the drive pulley 5 Remove E-clip and drive pulley July 2005 4-274 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.14-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Release belts 5. Figure 3, remove the bracket. Figure 3 bracket removal 6. Figure 4, remove the vertical transport belts. 1 Remove E-clip and bearing at each end of the shaft 2 Push shaft to the rear to release the belts 3 Slide belts off the upper pulley 4 Rest the belts on top of the frame 5 Remove the upper pre-compile pulley 1 Use a hex driver to remove 2 screws 2 Use a ratchet wrench and 5.5mm socket to remove 2 screws 3 Remove the bracket July 2005 4-275 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.14-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Belt removal Replacement 1. Install belts over the frame. 2. Re-locate the frame and install the bearing, washer, E-clip and 2 screws. 3. Place belts over the upper pre-compile pulleys, but between pre-compile lower pulleys. 4. Lift the upper shaft into position and install the bearing and E-clip. 5. Position the belts onto the lower pre-compile pulleys. 6. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the remainder of the removed components. 7. Tension the mylar guide, refer to REP 11.13-130. 2 Remove E-clip washer and bearing from both ends of the lower pre-compile pulley shaft 1 Remove 2 screws 3 Pull frame rearward to release from hook. 4 Lift the rear of the frame 5 Remove belts through the gap under the frame July 2005 4-276 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.15-130, REP 11.16-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.15-130 Vertical Transport Nip Rollers Parts List on PL 11.40 Removal NOTE: The vertical transport contains eight identical nip rollers, the repair procedure is identi- cal for all. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS front door. 2. Figure 1, Remove a vertical transport nip roller. Figure 1 Roller removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedures to replace the vertical transport nip rollers. REP 11.16-130 Chad Full Bin Sensor, Actuator and Spring Parts List on PL 11.36 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the chad bin. 2. Separate the HCSS from the machine, REP 11.19-130. 3. Remove the HCSS top cover, rear cover, upper left cover, front door and front cover, REP 11.1-130 4. Figure 1, remove the cover. Figure 1 Cover removal 5. Figure 2, remove the screws securing the docking bracket and the chad bin support. 1 Pinch the legs together 2 Slide the nip roller assembly partially out 3 Hold the spring and remove together with the nip roller assembly 2 Gently bend the cover to release the dowels 1 Remove two screws July 2005 4-277 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.16-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Preparation for bracket removal 6. Figure 3, remove the chad bin support. Figure 3 Chad bin support removal 7. Figure 4, remove the chad bin sensor and/or actuator. 1 Remove eight screws. 1 Lift the docking bracket to release the hooks 2 Lift the support to release the hooks July 2005 4-278 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.16-130, REP 11.17-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Sensor/actuator removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the chad bin sensor actuator and/or sensor. NOTE: Ensure that the spring below the actuator is correctly located on the raised sections of the actuator and chad bin support. REP 11.17-130 Transport Motor 1A, Motor Damper and Drive Belt Parts List on PL 11.38 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-130 2. Figure 1, loosen the belt. Figure 1 Loosening the belt 3. Figure 2, remove the belt. 1 Press the actuator pivots through the chad bin support 3 Disconnect the harness from the sensor 4 Release the legs of the sensor and remove 2 Remove the actuator and spring 1 Loosen the belt tensioner screw, fully loosen the belt, then tighten the screw July 2005 4-279 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.17-130, REP 11.18-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Belt removal 4. Disconnect the motor harness if necessary. 5. Remove 2 screws to remove the motor from the motor damper. Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the drive belt. 2. Loosen the belt tensioner screw, allow the belt tensioner to tension the belt, then tighten the belt tensioner screw. REP 11.18-130 Transport Motor 1B, Motor Damper and Drive Belt Parts List on PL 11.38 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-130 2. Figure 1, loosen the belt. Figure 1 Loosening the belt 3. Figure 2, remove the belt. 1 Loosen two screws on the motor bracket 2 Slide the motor and bracket off the screws 3 Remove the belt 1 Loosen the belt tensioner screw, fully. Loosen the belt, then tighten the screw. July 2005 4-280 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.18-130, REP 11.19-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Belt removal 4. Disconnect the motor harness if necessary. 5. Remove 2 screws to remove the motor from the motor damper. Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the drive belt. 2. Loosen the belt tensioner screw, allow the belt tensioner to tension the belt, then tighten the belt tensioner screw. REP 11.19-130 HCSS Un-Docking Removal CAUTION Do not show the customer how to un-dock the HCSS. 1. Release the jam clearance latch and fully open the gap between the machine and the HCSS. 2. Figure 1, move the HCSS away from the machine Figure 1 Docking latch location 3. Disconnect the harnesses between the machine and the HCSS if necessary. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the HCSS. 2 Remove the pulley 1 Remove the K-L clip 5 Remove the drive belt from the pulleys 3 Loosen two screws on the motor bracket 4 Slide the motor and bracket off the screws 2 Roll the HCSS away from the machine 1 Feel under the docking latch bracket and release the docking latch by pulling the lever forward July 2005 4-281 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.20-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.20-130 CC Ejector Motor Assembly and Ejector Home Sensor Parts List on PL 11.47 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage assembly, REP 11.2-130. 2. Figure 1, remove the compiler carriage cross piece. Figure 1 Removing the cross member 3. Figure 2, remove the ejector motor assembly and home sensor. Figure 2 Removing the motor and sensor Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the ejector motor assembly and home sensor. 1 Remove 1 screw at either end of the cross mem- ber 2 Bend open the frame to release the cross piece from the locating dowels 3 Release the connecting rod from the crankshaft 1 Release the harness from the retainers and disconnect at the motor and sensor 2 Remove screw 3 Slide motor assembly across and remove 4 Use a small screw- driver to release the sensor from the July 2005 4-282 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.21-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.21-130 CC Paddle Roll Motor Assembly and Paddle Roll Home Sensor Parts List on PL 11.47 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the top cover, REP 11.1-130. CAUTION Do not loose the white plastic worm on the end of the motor spindle. It is a slide fit on the motor spindle. 2. Figure 1, remove the motor assembly. Figure 1 Motor assembly removal 3. Remove the motor, if necessary, by removing the remaining screw. Drive lugs Bearing Worm Shutter is shown removed for clarity 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Lift the motor assembly and disengage the worm from the bearing 3 Remove screw and ground wire 4 Disconnect motor harness and sensor harness July 2005 4-283 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.21-130, REP 11.22-130 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Remove the sensor, if necessary, by releasing the sensor legs. Replacement 1. If necessary, install the sensor and/or motor in the bracket. 2. Reconnect the ground wire and harnesses. 3. Ensure that the white plastic worm is fully located on the drive lugs of the motor, Figure 1. 4. Locate the motor assembly, ensuring that the nose of the white plastic worm is located in the bearing in the frame, Figure 1, install the two securing screws. 5. Reinstall the top cover. REP 11.22-130 CC Top Baffle Assembly Parts List on PL 11.47 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: Carriage top baffle, PL 11.47 Item 12. Carriage top baffle return spring, PL 11.47 Item 13. Top baffle idler, PL 11.47 Item 14. Top baffle idler spring, PL 11.47 Item 15. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage, REP 11.2-130. 2. Figure 1, remove the top baffle assembly July 2005 4-284 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.22-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Removing the top baffle assembly NOTE: If only new idlers and springs are being installed, it is easier to leave the carriage top baffle return spring connected. 3. Figure 2, if required, remove the idlers and springs from the baffle. Figure 2 Removing the idlers and springs Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the top baffle assembly and components. 2 Use a flat bladed screwdriver to care- fully move the baffle pivot out of the frame 1 Loosen 2 screws, 2 turns each 3 Release the spring from the baffle (see note) 1 Press down on the idler 2 Slide the idler from under the hooks 3 Hold the spring with a small screwdriver, remove the idler and spring July 2005 4-285 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.23-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.23-130 Compiler Sensor Parts List on PL 11.48 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage, REP 11.2-130. 2. Figure 1, improve the access to the area Figure 1 Improving access 3. Figure 2, remove the sensor cover. Figure 2 Cover removal 4. Release the sensor lugs from the mounting using a small screwdriver and disconnect the sensor from the harness. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the compiler carriage entry sensor. Ensure the har- ness cover removed in Figure 1, is correctly installed so that it does not interfere with jam clear- ance latch 5d. 1 Remove the harness cover by releasing the two legs 2 Open the top baffle. Use adhesive tape to fix the top baffle in the open position. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Slide the cover to the rear to align with the notch 3 Remove the cover July 2005 4-286 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.24-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.24-130 CC Entrance Baffle and Springs Parts List on PL 11.48 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler sensor, REP 11.23-130. 2. Remove the carriage PWB from its mounting but do not disconnect any PJs from the PWB, refer to REP 11.4-130. 3. Figure 1, remove the CC entrance baffle. Figure 1 Removing the entrance baffle Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the CC entrance baffle assembly. 1 Remove 2 entrance baffle springs (1 each end) 3 Disconnect ground wire 4 Remove 4 screws 5 Remove the baffle assembly 2 Unhook spring July 2005 4-287 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.25-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.25-130 Elevator belt drive pulleys Parts List on PL 11.44 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the front and rear elevator belt tensioner spring, REP 11.8-130. 2. Remove the compiler carriage elevator motor and bracket, REP 11.6-130. 3. Figure 1, remove the lower carriage shaft. Figure 1 Shaft removal 4. Figure 2, remove the elevator belt drive pulleys. Figure 2 Pulley removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the elevator belt drive pulleys 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Feed the shaft assembly though the belt loops and remove from the rear 1 Remove E-clip and pulley 2 Remove E-clip and pulley July 2005 4-288 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.26-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.26-130 CC Stapling Unit Traverse Motor Parts List on PL 11.48 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler PWB, REP 11.4-130. 2. Figure 1, remove the stapling unit traverse motor. Figure 1 Motor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the stapling unit traverse motor. NOTE: Ensure that the ground connector, Figure 1, is trapped between the motor flange and the compiler frame. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove the motor Ground connector July 2005 4-289 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.27-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.27-130 Transport Motor 2 and Motor Damper Parts List on PL 11.48 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the carriage PWB, but only disconnect sufficient PWB connectors to allow access to the motor screws, refer to REP 11.4-130. 2. Figure 1, remove transport motor 2. Figure 1 Motor removal 3. Remove 2 nuts to separate the motor damper from the motor. Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace transport motor 2. 2. Ensure that the ground connector is secured with the lower motor screw, Figure 1. 3. Loosen the tensioner screw, allow the spring to tension the belt, then tighten the tensioner screw, Figure 1. 1 Loosen screw, move tensioner fully upward, tighten screw 2 Remove 2 screws 3 Remove the motor Ground connector July 2005 4-290 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.28-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.28-130 CC Eject Roll Motor Parts List on PL 11.49 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage assembly, REP 11.2-130. 2. Remove the carriage PWB, REP 11.4-130. 3. Figure 1, remove the CC eject roll motor. Figure 1 Motor removal Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the CC eject roll motor. 2. Ensure that the ground connector is secured with the lower motor nut, Figure 1. 1 Remove E-clip, pulley and belt 2 Remove 3 nuts 3 Remove the motor Ground connector July 2005 4-291 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.29-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.29-130 CC Kicker Assembly Parts List on PL 11.49 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: Kicker Solenoid, PL 11.49 Item 4. Compiler carriage bin height sensor, PL 11.49 Item 5. Compiler carriage 90% full sensor, PL 11.49 Item 5. Return spring, PL 11.49 Item 16. Kicker fingers, PL 11.49 Item 19. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage, REP 11.2-130. 2. Remove the rear tamper drive belt by pushing the belt from the motor pulley where there is no flange. 3. Figure 1, remove the kicker assembly. July 2005 4-292 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.29-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Removal 4. Figure 2, dismantle the components of the kicker assembly as necessary. 2 Disconnect the ground connector and 3 harnesses 3 Remove screw 4 Pivot the assembly to improve access 5 Remove the E-clip, slide the tamper shaft to the rear 6 Remove the assembly, being careful not to dam- age the kicker fingers 1 Remove screw July 2005 4-293 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.29-130, REP 11.30-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Dismantling Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the kicker assembly components. REP 11.30-130 CC Tray Hold Solenoid Assembly Parts List on PL 11.49 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage, REP 11.2-130. 2. Figure 1, remove the tray hold solenoid. Remove 2 screws to remove the solenoid, release the spring from the plunger Release the legs to remove a sensor Carefully spring the frame apart to remove the kicker fingers and return spring July 2005 4-294 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.30-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Solenoid removal Replacement CAUTION Ensure the short and long screw are installed in the correct location, Figure 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the tray hold solenoid assembly. NOTE: Ensure that the solenoid is positioned on the locating dowels. 1 Disconnect harness 2 Remove 2 screws Long screw with earth tag Short screw 3 Remove solenoid and linkage July 2005 4-295 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.31-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.31-130 CC Stapler Mount and Traverse Shaft Assembly Parts List on PL 11.48 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage, REP 11.2-130. 2. Remove the staple head assembly, REP 11.3-130. 3. Remove the stapling unit traverse motor, REP 11.26-130. 4. Figure 1, remove the stapler mount and traverse shaft assembly. July 2005 4-296 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.31-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Assembly removal 5. Unscrew the traverse shaft from the stapler mount. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the stapler mount and traverse shaft assembly. 1 Remove screw and slide out shaft 2 Remove E-clip, gear and bearing 3 Remove E-clip and bearing 4 Slide out the stapler mount and traverse shaft assembly July 2005 4-297 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.32-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.32-130 CC Transport Shaft Assembly Parts List on PL 11.49 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: Transport shaft, PL 11.49 Item 8. Transport shaft pulley, PL 11.49 Item 9. Transport shaft kit, PL 11.49 Item 10. Guide roller, PL 11.49 Item 11. Compiler belt kit, PL 11.49 Item 12. Feed chute, PL 11.49 Item 13. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove transport motor 2, REP 11.27-130. 2. Figure 1, prepare to remove the transport shaft assembly. Figure 1 Preparation 3. Figure 2, Remove the transport shaft assembly. 1 Remove E-clip and bearing 2 Remove 2 E-clips, pulley and bearing July 2005 4-298 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.32-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Removal 4. Figure 3, dismantle the components of the transport shaft assembly. Figure 3 Dismantling Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the transport shaft assembly and components. 2 Remove 3 screws 1 Ensure stapler unit is fully to the front 3 Hold the compiler tray down and slide the transport shaft assembly rearwards as far as possible 4 Pull the front of the shaft past the stapler and remove the assembly 1 Slide out the transport shaft 2 Wrap the belt around the roller and press the roller out and remove (2 places) July 2005 4-299 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.33-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.33-130 Docking Latch Components Parts List on PL 11.34 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components Docking Release latch, PL 11.34 Item 13. Release bracket, PL 11.34 Item 11. Docking interlock switch (S11-300A), PL 11.34 Item 3. Docking pivot interlock switch (S11-300B), PL 11.34 Item 5. Restraining cable, PL 11.34 Item 1. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Un-dock the HCSS from the machine, REP 11.19-130. 2. Figure 1, release the restraining cable. Figure 1 Restraining cable 3. Figure 2, remove the docking latch bracket rear cover. 1 Release the latch, open the bracket fully 3 If a new restraining cable is being installed, remove screw 4 Open the bracket as far as possible 2 Remove screw July 2005 4-300 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.33-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Cover removal 4. Figure 3, Remove the release bracket. Figure 3 Release bracket 5. Figure 4, if necessary, remove the docking release latches. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Release 2 dowels from the holes 3 Remove the cover 1 Snap the lower fitting apart (2 places) 2 Twist the bracket counterclockwise and lift off the top dowel (2 places) 3 Disconnect the spring and remove the bracket July 2005 4-301 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.33-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Latch removal 6. Figure 5, if necessary, remove the docking interlock switch or the docking pivot interlock switch. Figure 5 Switches removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the removed components. 1 Remove E-clip (2 places) 2 Push out the pin (2 places) using a small screwdriver 3 Remove the latch (2 places) Disconnect the harness and press together the catches to remove the docking interlock switch Disconnect the harness and remove 2 screws to remove the docking pivot interlock switch July 2005 4-302 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.34-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.34-130 Compiler Carriage Belt Grips Parts List on PL 11.46 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage assembly, REP 11.2-130. 2. Figure 1, remove the compiler carriage belt grips. Figure 1 Removing grips Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the compiler carriage belt grips. 2 Remove 3 screws 1 Remove 3 screws and the front grip 3 Cut the cable tie and remove the rear grip July 2005 4-303 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.35-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.35-130 Bin 1 or Bin 2 Offset Motor and Offset Sensor Parts List on PL 11.52, PL 11.54 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the bin 1 or bin 2 tray assembly by disconnecting the harness, removing the thumbscrew and pulling the tray assembly off the support. 2. Figure 1, remove the bin lower support. Figure 1 Support removal 3. Figure 2, remove the bin offset sensor and bin offset motor. Figure 2 Component removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the bin 1 or bin 2 offset motor and offset sensor. NOTE: Ensure the peg of the gear/crank locates in the slot of the tray. 1 Remove 4 screws 2 Remove the bin lower support 1 Pinch the sensor legs together, remove the sensor and disconnect the harness 2 Remove 1 E-clip and gear/crank 3 Remove 1 E-clip and the gear 4 Remove 2 screws and the motor 5 Disconnect the motor harness July 2005 4-304 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.36-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.36-130 Bin 1 or Bin 2 Elevator Motor and Bearing Parts List on PL 11.52, PL 11.54 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the bin 1 or bin 2 tray assembly by disconnecting the harness, removing the thumbscrew and pulling the tray assembly off the support. 2. Remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-130. 3. Figure 1, remove the elevator motor. NOTE: The elevator motor worm and gears are greased, take care not to contaminate other parts of the machine with the grease. Wear protective gloves if desired. Figure 1 Motor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the bin 1 or bin 2 elevator motor. 1 Remove E-clip and gear 2 Remove E-clip and bearing 3 Remove 2 screws, slide the motor down 4 Disconnect the harness and remove the motor July 2005 4-305 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.37-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.37-130 Entry Sensor and Punch Position Sensor Parts List on PL 11.38 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover and upper left cover, REP 11.1-130. 2. If installed, remove the hole punch unit, PL 11.36 Item 12. 3. Remove the lower left cover, PL 11.30 Item 22. 4. Remove the sensor cover, PL 11.38 Item 11. 5. Figure 1, remove the sensor. Figure 1 Sensor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the entry sensor and punch position sensor. 1 Remove 3 screws 2 Move the front of the tie bar to the right and release the rear from the dowels 3 Rotate the assembly to access the screws 4 Remove screw and sensor, disconnect the harness July 2005 4-306 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.38-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.38-130 2nd to Top Exit Sensor Parts List on PL 11.47 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the HCSS top cover, REP 11.1-130. 2. Figure 1, remove the 2nd to top exit sensor. Figure 1 Sensor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the 2nd to top exit sensor. 1 Remove screw and securing block. 2 Use a small screwdriver to release the sensor legs. 3 Disconnect the sensor harness and remove the sensor. July 2005 4-307 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.39-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.39-130 CC Shutter Parts List on PL 11.47 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the CC eject housing assembly, REP 11.41-130. 2. Figure 1, remove the CC shutter. Figure 1 Shutter removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the CC shutter. 1 Remove the screw 2 Slide the shutter to the front, release the pin from the rear 4 Un-snap the middle fixings 5 Release the pin from the front and remove the shutter 3 Unhook the springs from the shutter July 2005 4-308 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.40-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.40-130 CC Nip Shaft Components Parts List on PL 11.48 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: Nip roll, PL 11.48 Item 2. Nip shaft, PL 11.48 Item 3. Nip spring, PL 11.48 Item 4. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage assembly, REP 11.2-130. 2. Figure 1, improve the access to the area. Figure 1 Improving access 3. Figure 2, remove the entrance baffle cover. 1 Remove the harness cover 2 Open the top baffle and fix in the open position using adhesive tape July 2005 4-309 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.40-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Cover removal 4. Figure 3, remove the nip shaft, nip springs and nip rolls. Figure 3 Nip shaft removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the nip shaft, nip springs and nip rolls. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Slide the cover to the rear to align with the notch 3 Remove the cover 1 Remove 2 springs 2 lift out the nip shaft with rolls 3 Slide the rolls off the shaft July 2005 4-310 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.41-130 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.41-130 CC Eject Housing Assembly Parts List on PL 11.47 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage assembly, REP 11.2-130. 2. Figure 1, remove the compiler carriage cross member Figure 1 Removing the cross member 3. Figure 2, prepare to remove the CC eject housing assembly. 1 Remove 1 screw at either end of the cross member 2 Bend open the frame to release the cross member 3 Release the connecting rod from the crankshaft July 2005 4-311 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.41-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Preparation 4. Figure 3, remove the CC eject housing assembly. 1 Remove 2 screws marked A. Release the harness clamp 3 Remove the screw. Release the ground connector 2 Disconnect the motor and sensor harnesses 4 Disconnect 2 ground terminals 5 Disconnect the sensor harness July 2005 4-312 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.41-130 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Housing removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the CC ejector housing assembly. NOTE: Ensure that the front and rear pivot pins are located in the pivot holes 1 Use a flat blade screwdriver to release the pivot pin from the hole 2 Raise the front of the housing carefully guiding the CC shutter out of the track 3 Remove the CC ejector housing assembly July 2005 4-313 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.1-170 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 11.1-170 HCSS BM Covers Parts List on PL 11.60 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. NOTE: All major HCSS BM covers are dealt with in this procedure, only remove the covers listed in the procedure that you are performing. Remove the HCSS BM covers as follows: 1. Figure 1, top cover removal. Figure 1 Top cover removal 2. Figure 2, rear cover removal. 4 Disconnect PJ493 and PJ439 5 Remove the top cover. 3 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove 2 screws 1 Fold the bin 0 pivot tray and bin 0 base tray. July 2005 4-314 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.1-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Rear cover removal 3. Front door removal; remove the lower hinge pin and slide the door from the upper pivot pin, refer to PL 11.60. 4. Figure 3, front cover removal. Figure 3 Front cover removal 5. Hole punch access cover removal, remove 2 thumb screws, refer to PL 11.60 Item 3. 6. Upper left cover removal, remove two screws, refer to PL 11.60 Item 1. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to install the HCSS BM covers. 2 Remove 4 screws 4 Remove the rear cover 1 Remove the harness from the retainer. 3 Remove one screw 1 Remove screw 2 Remove 6 screws 3 Release the base of the cover from the frame July 2005 4-315 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.2-170 Compiler Carriage Assembly Parts List on PL 11.68 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the top cover, rear cover, front door and front cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Remove bin 1, REP 11.5-170. 3. Figure 1, disconnect the harnesses. Figure 1 Disconnect the carriage PWB 3 Disconnect PJ401, PJ412, PJ411 and PJ410 from the carriage PWB 4 Disconnect the earth wire 1 Release the harnesses between the HCSS PWB and carriage PWB from the bridge 2 Cut 2 tie-wraps July 2005 4-316 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-170 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Figure 2, move the stapler assembly inboard by about 75 mm (3 inches), by turning the stapler traverse screw with a 5.5 mm nut driver. Figure 2 Stapler transverse shaft WARNING Use safe handling procedures, GP 16 when removing the module. The module is heavy. NOTE: The carriage assembly weighs approximately 5.5Kg (12lb). CAUTION Do not damage the compiler sensor, when removing the compiler carriage assembly. 5. Figure 3, remove the locking block. Figure 3 Locking block removal 6. Fully pull out the BM module, PL 11.65 Item 1. Stapler transverse shaft 1 Remove the jam clearance knob 2 Remove the support 3 Remove the clamp and support July 2005 4-317 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-170 Repairs/Adjustments 7. Remove the BM support bracket, PL 11.68 Item 4. 8. Figure 4, release the compiler carriage assembly from the frame. Figure 4 Releasing the carriage assembly 4 Push the carriage assembly towards the front until the rear belt grip clears the rear frame 2 Push the carriage assembly towards the rear until the front belt grip clears the front frame 3 Pull the compiler carriage outside the frame 5 Pull the compiler carriage outside the frame 1 Support the weight of the compiler carriage, remove two screws July 2005 4-318 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.2-170, REP 11.3-170 Repairs/Adjustments 9. Figure 5, remove the compiler carriage assembly. Figure 5 Removing the compiler carriage assembly Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the compiler carriage assembly. REP 11.3-170 Staple Head Unit 1 Assembly and SH1 Paper Sensor Parts List on PL 11.72 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the top cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Remove bin 0, PL 11.60 Item 14. 3. Remove the upper paper guide, REP 11.8-170. 4. Remove bin 1, REP 11.5-170. 5. Figure 1, lower the front of the compiler carriage. 3 Remove the carriage. 1 Tilt the compiler carriage clockwise. 2 Pull the front of the carriage through the frame. July 2005 4-319 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.3-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Carriage position 6. Figure 2, release the compiler input guide. Figure 2 Compiler input guide 7. Remove the staple head cover (one screw). 8. Return the compiler carriage to the original position and secure with the two top screws. 9. Figure 3, remove the compiler staple head assembly. 1 Remove the front support 2 Support the weight of the compiler carriage 3 Remove 2 screws 4 Lower the front of the carriage 1 Unhook spring 2 Remove 2 screws 3 Push guide to the right Stapler traverse shaft July 2005 4-320 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.3-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Staple head removal 10. Figure 4, remove the SH1 paper sensor. Figure 4 Sensor removal 11. Disconnect the harness from the staple head. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the staple head assembly. 2 Remove two screws 3 Remove the staple head 1 Rotate the stapler traverse shaft to align screws with holes Viewed from above 1 Disconnect the sensor harness 2 Press in both lugs at one end and lift the sensor at that end 3 Press in both lugs at the other end and lift the sensor to remove July 2005 4-321 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.4-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.4-170 Carriage PWB Parts List on PL 11.72 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage, REP 11.2-170. 2. Figure 1, remove the harness cover and support. Figure 1 Harness cover and support 3. Figure 2, remove the carriage PWB. 1 Un-clip the harness cover by releasing the two latches 2 Remove screw and release the support from the top mounting July 2005 4-322 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.4-170, REP 11.5-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Carriage PWB removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedures to replace the carriage PWB. Ensure the harness cover removed in Figure 1, is correctly installed so that it does not interfere with jam clearance latch 5d. REP 11.5-170 Bin 1 Assembly Parts List on PL 11.78 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply, while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the HCSS BM top cover, rear cover, front door and front infill cover, REP 11.1- 170. 2. Release the harness to bin 1 from the harness support next to the HCSS PWB. 3. Disconnect PJ416 and PJ424. 4. Figure 1, remove the bin assembly. 1 Disconnect all connectors on the PWB 2 Remove screw 3 Lift PWB from retainers July 2005 4-323 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.5-170, REP 11.6-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Bin 1 assembly removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedures to replace the bin 1 assembly. REP 11.6-170 HCSS BM Castors Parts List on PL 11.60 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Un-dock the HCSS BM from the machine, REP 11.13-170. 2. If removing the rear non-adjustable castor, remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-170. 3. Figure 1, remove a non-adjustable castor. 1 Remove screw 3 Lift and remove the bin assembly 2 Remove screw July 2005 4-324 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.6-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Removal of non-adjustable castors 4. Figure 2, remove or adjust an adjustable castor. Figure 2 Adjustable castor Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to install the HCSS BM castors. 2 Remove the screw. 1 Place two reams of paper at the front or rear of the HCSS BM 3 Remove the screw 1 Place two reams of paper at the front or rear of the HCSS BM 2 Tilt the HCSS BM sufficiently to slide the paper reams under the base 3 To adjust the height of the HCSS BM, rotate the hand wheel in the appropriate direction. To remove the castor, unscrew in the direction of the arrow July 2005 4-325 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.7-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.7-170 Hole Punch Motor and Coupling Parts List on PL 11.66, PL 11.70 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the HCSS BM top cover, rear cover and upper left cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Figure 1, remove the hole punch motor, PL 11.70 Item 7. Figure 1 Hole punch motor removal 3. Remove the hole punch unit, PL 11.66 Item 12. Remove the hole punch motor coupling by pulling from the shaft. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to install the hole punch motor. NOTE: When replacing the hole punch motor coupling, ensure that it is located against the shoulder on the shaft. 1 Remove two screws 2 Disconnect the harness from the motor and remove the motor July 2005 4-326 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.8-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.8-170 Upper Paper Guide Parts List on PL 11.68 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the top cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Figure 1, remove the front and rear supports. Figure 1 Removing supports 3. Figure 2, Remove the upper paper guide. Figure 2 Removing guide Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the upper paper guide. 1 Remove 2 screws and rear support 2 Remove 2 screws and front support 1 Remove 4 screws 3 Release the guide from the 4 locating features and remove 2 Remove 2 screws July 2005 4-327 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.9-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.9-170 HCSS BM Upper Diverter Gate and Solenoid Parts List on PL 11.66 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the top cover, rear cover, front door, upper left cover and front infill cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Remove the diverter solenoid cover, one screw. 3. Remove the upper paper guide, REP 11.8-170. 4. Figure 1, prepare to remove the diverter gate. Figure 1 Preparation 5. Figure 2, remove the diverter gate. 3 Remove two bearings. One at each end of the shaft. 2 Remove the two E clips. One at each end of the shaft. 1 Remove 2 screws, dis- connect the harness and remove the sole- noid July 2005 4-328 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.9-170, REP 11.10-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Diverter gate removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to install the diverter gate. REP 11.10-170 Chad Bin Full Sensor, Actuator and Spring Parts List on PL 11.66 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the chad bin. 2. Separate the HCSS BM from the machine, REP 11.13-170. 3. Remove the HCSS BM top cover, rear cover, upper left cover, front door and front infill cover, REP 11.1-170. 4. Remove the front left cover, PL 11.30 Item 3. 5. Figure 1, remove the cover. Figure 1 Cover removal 6. Figure 2, remove the screws securing the docking bracket and the chad bin support. 3 Carefully bend the centre of the diverter gate upwards and remove 2 Push the diverter gate fully to the rear 1 Carefully push the lever past the shaft to rest against the inner baffle 2 Gently bend the cover to release the dowels 1 Remove two screws July 2005 4-329 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.10-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Preparation for bracket removal 7. Remove the chad bin support. Figure 3 Chad bin support removal 8. Figure 4, Remove the chad bin sensor and/or actuator. Remove eight screws. 1 Lift the docking bracket to release the hooks 2 Lift the support to release the hooks July 2005 4-330 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.10-170, REP 11.11-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Sensor/actuator removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the chad bin sensor actuator and/or sensor. NOTE: Ensure that the spring below the actuator is correctly located on the raised sections of the actuator and chad bin support. REP 11.11-170 Transport Motor 1A, Motor Damper and Drive Belt Parts List on PL 11.70 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Figure 1, loosen the belt. Figure 1 Loosening the belt 1 Press the actuator pivots through the chad bin support 3 Disconnect the harness from the sensor 4 Release the legs of the sensor and remove 2 Remove the actuator and spring Loosen the belt tensioner screw, fully loosen the belt, then tighten the screw July 2005 4-331 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.11-170, REP 11.12-170 Repairs/Adjustments 3. Figure 2, remove the belt. Figure 2 Belt removal 4. Disconnect the motor harness if necessary. 5. Remove 2 screws to remove the motor from the motor damper. Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the drive belt. 2. Loosen the belt tensioner screw, allow the belt tensioner to tension the belt, then tighten the belt tensioner screw. REP 11.12-170 Transport Motor 1B Motor Damper and Drive Belt Parts List on PL 11.70 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Figure 1, loosen the belt. Figure 1 Loosening the belt 3. Figure 2, remove the belt. 1 Loosen two screws on the motor bracket 2 Slide the motor bracket off the screws 3 Remove the belt Loosen the belt tensioner screw, fully loosen the belt, then tighten the screw. July 2005 4-332 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.12-170, REP 11.13-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Belt removal 4. Disconnect the motor harness if necessary 5. Remove 2 screws to remove the motor from the motor damper Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the drive belt. 2. Loosen the belt tensioner screw, allow the belt tensioner to tension the belt, then tighten the belt tensioner screw. REP 11.13-170 HCSS BM Un-Docking Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. CAUTION Do not show the customer how to un-dock the HCSS BM. 1. Release the jam clearance latch and fully open the gap between the machine and the HCSS BM. 2. Figure 1, release the docking latch and move the HCSS BM away from the machine 2 Remove the pulley 1 Remove the K-L clip 5 Remove the drive belt from the pulleys 3 Loosen two screws on the motor bracket 4 Slide the motor and bracket off the screws July 2005 4-333 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.13-170, REP 11.14-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Docking latch location 3. Disconnect the harnesses between the machine and the HCSS BM if necessary. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the HCSS BM. REP 11.14-170 BM Lower Diverter Solenoid Parts List on PL 11.68 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Figure 1, prepare to remove the lower diverter solenoid. 1 Feel under the docking latch bracket and release the docking latch lever by pulling it forward 2 Move the HCSS BM away from the machine July 2005 4-334 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.14-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Preparing to remove the solenoid 3. Figure 2, remove the solenoid plunger and spring. Figure 2 Removing the plunger and spring 4. Figure 3, Remove the lower diverter solenoid. 1 Remove 2 screws 3 Remove screw 4 Loosen screw 2 Move motor onto ledge Pivot the solenoid upwards, remove the plunger and spring July 2005 4-335 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.14-170, REP 11.15-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Removing the solenoid Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the lower diverter solenoid. REP 11.15-170 BM Lower Diverter Gate Parts List on PL 11.68 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the top cover, rear cover and upper left cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Remove the lower diverter solenoid, REP 11.14-170. 3. Figure 1, remove the vertical transport jam clearance door. Figure 1 Removing the jam clearance door 4. Figure 2, remove the vertical transport baffle. 1 Ensure there is enough slack in the harness to move the solenoid to the opening 2 Remove screw 3 Move the solenoid into the opening and disconnect the harness 1 Remove the KL-clip 2 Lift the door from the pivot holes and remove July 2005 4-336 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.15-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Removing the baffle 5. Figure 3, remove the diverter gate. Figure 3 Removing the diverter gate Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the HCSS BM lower diverter gate. 1 Remove 4 screws 2 Remove the baffle 1 Remove 2 E-clips and 2 bearings 2 Remove the diverter gate July 2005 4-337 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.16-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.16-170 BM Flapper and Flapper Roll Motor Parts List on PL 11.80 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: BM flapper, PL 11.80 Item 23. BM flapper roll motor, PL 11.80 Item 28. BM flapper roll home sensor, PL 11.80 Item 12. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 2. Figure 1, remove the BM flapper assembly. Figure 1 Remove the BM flapper assembly 3. Figure 2, remove the BM flapper. 2 Disconnect PJ565 from the BM flapper roll motor and PJ 587 from the BM flapper roll home sensor. 3 Remove the BM flapper assembly. 1 Remove 4 screws and 2 ground wires. July 2005 4-338 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.16-170, REP 11.17-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 BM flapper removal 4. Figure 3, remove the BM flapper roll motor and the BM flapper roll home sensor. Figure 3 BM flapper removal Replacement The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. REP 11.17-170 BM PWB Parts List on PL 11.86 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Figure 1, Remove the BM PWB. 1 Remove the E-clip and the bearing. 2 Remove the E-clip and the bearing. 3 Remove the BM flapper. 2 Remove 2 screws and the ground harness. 3 Remove the BM flapper roll motor. Remove the worm gear. 1 Release the BM flapper roll home sensor. July 2005 4-339 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.17-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 PWB removal Replacement CAUTION Figure 1, ensure the BM harness and bin 2 harness are correctly positioned in the harness retainers so that harnesses are not damaged when the BM is moved to the extremities of its travel. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the BM PWB. 1 Disconnect all PJs 3 If necessary, release harnesses from the retainers to allow the PWB to be removed 2 Remove 8 screws and remove the PWB BM harnesses Harness retainers Bin 2 harness July 2005 4-340 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.18-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.18-170 BM Crease Blade Motor Parts List on PL 11.84 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: BM crease blade motor encoder sensor, PL 11.84 Item 1. BM crease blade motor, PL 11.84 Item 3. Motor encoder, PL 11.84 Item 4. Bearing, PL 11.84 Item 7. Crank, PL 11.84 Item 8. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 2. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 3. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 4. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 5. Remove the left frame plate, PL 11.82 Item 2. 6. Remove the motor cover, PL 11.84 Item 11. It is easier to remove the screw using an open ended spanner, this means the removal of the BM PWB is not necessary. 7. Figure 1, remove the BM crease blade motor assembly. July 2005 4-341 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.18-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Removing the motor assembly 8. Figure 2, remove the BM crease blade motor. 1 Remove 4 screws 2 Remove E-clip and bearing, release the connecting rod 3 Remove circlip, rear crank and bearing 4 Remove E-clip and bearing, release the connecting rod 5 Remove circlip, front crank and bearing 7 Remove the motor assembly from the frame 6 Disconnect the motor harness July 2005 4-342 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.18-170, REP 11.19-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Removing the motor Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM crease blade motor. NOTE: Ensure that the mark on the crease blade knob aligns with the arrow on the front infill cover when the crease blade is fully withdrawn. REP 11.19-170 BM Crease Roll Motor Parts List on PL 11.86 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Remove 4 screws securing the BM PWB mounting plate to the frame, allow the PWB and mounting plate to hang down, giving access to the BM crease roll motor. 3. Figure 1, remove the motor assembly. 1 Support the encoder and slide out the shaft 2 Remove the encoder 3 Remove the sensor from the bracket July 2005 4-343 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.19-170, REP 11.20-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Motor assembly removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM crease roll motor. REP 11.20-170 BM Backstop Motor Assembly Parts List on PL 11.82 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: Ground wire, PL 11.82 Item 3. Motor damper, PL 11.82 Item 5. BM backstop motor, PL 11.82 Item 6. BM backstop drive belt, PL 11.82 Item 20. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 2. Figure 1, remove the BM backstop motor. 1 Remove 3 screws 2 Remove the circlip 3 Disconnect the motor harness 5 Pull the motor assembly off the shaft 4 Remove the encoder disc July 2005 4-344 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.20-170, REP 11.21-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Motor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM backstop motor. NOTE: Allow the spring to tension the drive belt while the screws are still loose, then tighten the 4 screws. REP 11.21-170 BM Backstop Assembly and BM Stack Hold Solenoids Parts List on PL 11.82 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 2. Figure 1, remove the belt clamp. Figure 1 Belt clamp removal 2 Remove 4 screws 1 Remove allen key and spring 4 Free the motor pulley from the belt and lift out the motor assembly 3 Disconnect the motor harness 6 Remove 2 screws to release the motor from the bracket, remove 2 screws to remove the motor and ground wire from the damper 5 Remove the belt 2 If necessary move the backstop assembly by hand to align with the cutout. 3 Remove 2 screws 4 Remove the belt clamp 1 Remove the allen key from the storage position July 2005 4-345 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.21-170 Repairs/Adjustments 3. Figure 2, remove the backstop shaft. Figure 2 Backstop shaft removal 4. Figure 3, remove the BM backstop assembly. Figure 3 Backstop removal 5. Figure 4, remove the BM stack hold solenoids 1 Remove 2 allen screws 2 Remove the shaft support 3 Lower the shaft through the backstop assembly, tilt the assembly to one side and remove the shaft upwards 1 Cut cable tie and disconnect harness 2 Cut cable tie and disconnect harness 3 Move the backstop assembly to the centre of the belt span 4 Rotate the backstop assembly and remove from behind the belt July 2005 4-346 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.21-170, REP 11.22-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Solenoid removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM backstop assembly. NOTE: Return the allen key to the storage position inside the spring. REP 11.22-170 BM Entry Roll Parts List on PL 11.80 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: BM entry roll pulley, PL 11.80 Item 14. BM entry roll, PL 11.80 Item 15. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 2. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 3. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 4. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 5. Figure 1, remove the BM Entry Roll. 1 Remove the nut and solenoid 2 Remove the nut and solenoid July 2005 4-347 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.22-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Roll removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM entry roll. NOTE: Tension the drive belt by loosening then tightening the screw, Figure 1. 1 Remove E-clip, bearing, pulley and belt. 2 Remove E-clip and bearing. 3 Remove the entry roll. July 2005 4-348 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.23-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.23-170 BM Entry Sensor Parts List on PL 11.80 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 2. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 3. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 4. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 5. Figure 1, remove the BM entry sensor. July 2005 4-349 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.23-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Sensor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM entry sensor. 1 Remove 2 screws 3 Disconnect the sensor harness 4 Remove the baffle 2 Remove 2 screws 5 Peel off the mylar strip from between the legs of the sensor and remove the sensor. July 2005 4-350 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.24-170, REP 11.25-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.24-170 BM Crease Roll Gate Motor Parts List on PL 11.86 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove bin 1, REP 11.5-170. 2. Fully pull out the BM module. 3. Figure 1, remove the motor assembly Figure 1 Motor assembly removal 4. Remove 3 nuts to release the motor from the bracket. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM crease roll gate motor. REP 11.25-170 BM Paper Path Transport Motor and Damper Parts List on PL 11.86 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove bin 1, REP 11.5-170. 2. Fully pull out the BM module. 3. Figure 1, remove the motor assembly. Figure 1 Motor assembly removal 4. Remove 2 screws to remove the motor from the bracket. 5. Remove 2 screws to remove the motor from the damper. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM paper path transport motor. 1 Remove E-clip and pulley 2 Cut tie-wraps 4 Disconnect the motor harness 3 Remove 2 screws 5 Remove the motor assembly 1 Disconnect the harness 2 Remove 2 screws 3 Remove the motor assembly July 2005 4-351 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.26-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.26-170 Back Stop Drive Assembly Parts List on PL 11.82 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: BM backstop link springs, PL 11.82 Item 8. BM backstop link, PL 11.82 Item 9. BM backstop drive shaft, PL 11.82 Item 18. BM backstop belt, PL 11.82 Item 19. BM back stop bearing, PL 11.82 Item 22. BM back stop idler bracket, PL 11.82 Item 23. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 2. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 3. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 4. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 5. Remove the LH frame plate, PL 11.82 Item 2. 6. Remove the BM tamper assembly, REP 11.30-170. 7. Remove the backstop motor assembly, REP 11.20-170. 8. Remove the backstop assembly, REP 11.21-170. 9. Remove the crease blade assembly, REP 11.36-170. 10. Figure 1, remove the BM backstop drive shaft and bearings. Figure 1 Drive shaft removal 11. Figure 2, remove the backstop link. 2 Remove KL-clip and pulley 1 Remove E-clip and bearing 3 Remove KL-clip and bearing 4 Remove the drive shaft July 2005 4-352 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.26-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Backstop link removal 12. Figure 3, remove the BM backstop idler bracket assembly. Figure 3 Idler bracket assembly removal 13. Figure 4, remove the BM backstop belt. 1 Press down on the link and release the front tensioner link 2 Press down on the link and release the rear tensioner link 3 Remove the link and two springs 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove the bracket assembly and belt July 2005 4-353 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.26-170, REP 11.27-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Backstop belt removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the removed components. Allow the BM backstop belt to be tensioned correctly before the bracket assembly securing screws are tightened. Refer to Figure 3. REP 11.27-170 BM Staple Heads Parts List on PL 11.88 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Fully pull out the BM module. 2. Remove the relevant staple head cover, PL 11.88 Item 14. 3. Pull the stapler bracket handle, PL 11.88 Item 9. Open the staplers fully. 4. Figure 1, remove a staple head. 1 Remove KL-clip, tensioner link and bearing 2 Slide the shaft to one side 3 Remove the belt July 2005 4-354 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.27-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Staple head removal Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM staple heads. 2. Perform ADJ 11.3-170, Stapler Anvil Alignment. 1 Remove 2 screws using a 5.5mm socket and ratchet driver 2 Loosen 1 screw using a 5.5mm socket and ratchet driver 3 Using a 5.5mm socket and short extension fully loosen the screw until the staple head is released. Leave the socket and extension in position on the screw 4 Disconnect the stapler harness and remove the stapler July 2005 4-355 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.28-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.28-170 BM Stapler Bracket Assembly Parts List on PL 11.88 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following parts: Front follower, PL 11.88 Item 1. Actuator, PL 11.88 Item 2. Rear follower, PL 11.88 Item 3. Spring, PL 11.88 Item 4. BM paper present sensor Q11-190, PL 11.88 Item 5. Latch slide, PL 11.88 Item 6. Staple bracket handle, PL 11.88 Item 9. Stapler bracket assembly, PL 11.88 Item 10. Torsion spring, PL 11.88 Item 11. Bearing, PL 11.88 Item 12. Spring, PL 11.88 Item 13. BM stapler head carrier closed sensor Q11-421, PL 11.88 Item 18. Lower shaft, PL 11.88 Item 19. Upper shaft, PL 11.88 Item 20. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Remove 4 screws securing the BM PWB mounting plate to the frame, allow the PWB and mounting plate to hang down, giving access to the BM staple head carrier closed sensor. 3. Figure 1, remove the BM staple head carrier closed sensor actuator. Figure 1 Actuator removal 4. Temporarily attach the PWB mounting plate using only the top two screws. 5. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 6. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 7. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 8. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 9. Remove both staple head covers, PL 11.88 Item 14. 10. Figure 2, lower the stapler bracket. 1 Remove the sensor 2 Remove the KL-clip 3 Remove the actuator July 2005 4-356 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.28-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Lowering stapler bracket 11. Figure 3, remove the latch shaft. 1 Release the rear follower from the slot using a screwdriver 2 Pull the stapler bracket handle to open the staplers fully July 2005 4-357 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.28-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Latch shaft removal 12. Figure 4, prepare to remove the BM stapler bracket assembly. 1 Remove KL-clip and pull shaft forward 50 mm (2 inches) 3 Compress the spring, remove the rear follower and spring 2 Remove 2 E-clips and the front follower 4 Push the shaft to the rear to release the latch slide 5 Pull the shaft completely to the rear to remove July 2005 4-358 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.28-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Preparation 13. Figure 5, remove the BM stapler bracket assembly. 1 Remove KL-clip 4 Release the spring from the side frame 3 Remove 2 E-clips 6 Disconnect harnesses and ground wire 5 Remove E-clip 2 Disconnect ground wire July 2005 4-359 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.28-170, REP 11.29-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 5 Assembly removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM stapler bracket assembly and components. REP 11.29-170 BM Conveyor Belts Parts List on PL 11.90 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: The removal procedure illustrates how to remove the rear conveyor belt. The proce- dure for the front conveyor belt is similar. 1. Remove bin 2 by disconnecting the harness, removing the thumb screw. then lift the bin upwards to release. 2. Remove the BM bin 2 extension by aligning the pivot pins with the cutouts and snapping the extension out of engagement. 3. Turn over bin 2 and remove the base pan, 3 screws. 4. Remove the BM bin 2 connector from the base pan, 1 screw. 5. Figure 1, remove the idler roller. 2 Remove the bracket assembly from the front 1 Lever out the bearing using a screwdriver July 2005 4-360 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.29-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Idler roller removal 6. Figure 2, remove the BM conveyor belt. Figure 2 Belt removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM conveyor belts. 1 Remove E-clip 2 Push out shaft and remove one bearing 3 Push the other bearing though the frame to remove the idler roller 1 Release belt from the drive pulley 2 Feed the belt through the cut-out to remove July 2005 4-361 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.30-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.30-170 BM Tamper Assembly and Tamper 1 Motor Parts List on PL 11.81 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: BM tamper 1 motor, PL 11.81 Item 3. BM rear tamper arm, PL 11.81 Item 5. BM front tamper arm, PL 11.81 Item 6. BM rear tamper rack, PL 11.81 Item 7. BM front tamper rack, PL 11.81 Item 8. BM rear tamper assembly, PL 11.81 Item 9. BM front tamper assembly, PL 11.81 Item 10. BM tamper gear, PL 11.81 Item 11. BM tamper bracket, PL 11.81 Item 12. BM tamper rack guide, PL 11.81 Item 13. BM tamper guide plate, PL 11.81 Item 15. BM rear tamper finger, PL 11.81 Item 16. BM front tamper finger, PL 11.81 Item 17. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 2. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 3. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 4. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 5. Remove the left frame plate, PL 11.82 Item 2. 6. Figure 1, remove the tamper assembly. Figure 1 Tamper assembly removal 7. Figure 2, remove the front and rear tamper assemblies. Also remove the tamper gear and tamper motor. 3 Remove 2 screws 1 Remove the cover and disconnect the harness 4 Remove 2 screws and earth connector 6 Move the tampers to align with the slots to release each tamper from the slot 7 Remove the tamper assembly 2 If necessary, remove 2 screws to remove the motor 5 Remove 2 screws July 2005 4-362 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.30-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Dismantling the tamper assembly 8. Figure 3, remove the tamper guide plate from each of the tamper assemblies. Figure 3 Guide plate removal Replacement 1. If the tamper racks were removed from the BM tamper rack guide, perform the following: a. Align the guide tabs on both tamper racks with the slots in the BM tamper rack guide. Refer to Figure 2. b. Start both tamper racks into the BM tamper rack guide at the same time. Both tamper racks must engage with the BM tamper gear simultaneously. To check that the front and rear tampers are correctly aligned, perform the following: Fully push in the tampers. The distance between the end stop on each tamper and the ends of the BM tamper rack guide should be equal. Refer to Figure 2. If the distances are different by more than 1mm (0.040 inches). Perform again step B. 2. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM tamper assembly and tamper 1 motor. 3. Perform ADJ 11.5-170 Booklet Tamping. 1 Pull out both tamper assemblies 4 Remove E-clip 2 Remove 4 screws 5 Remove the gear 6 Remove 2 screws, remove the motor 3 Remove the BM tamper rack guide Guide tab Guide tab End stop End stop 1 Remove screw and tamper finger 2 Remove the guide plate July 2005 4-363 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.31-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.31-170 CC Ejector Motor Assembly and Ejector Home Sensor Parts List on PL 11.73 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage assembly, REP 11.2-170. 2. Figure 1, remove the compiler carriage cross member. Figure 1 Removing the cross member 3. Figure 2, remove the eject housing motor assembly and home sensor. Figure 2 Removing the motor and sensor Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the eject housing motor assembly and home sen- sor. 1 Remove 1 screw at either end of the cross member 2 Bend open the frame to release the cross member from the locating dowels 3 Release the connecting rod from the crankshaft 1 Release the harness from the retainers and disconnect at the motor and sensor 2 Remove screw 3 Slide motor assembly across and remove 4 Release the sensor from the bracket using a small screwdriver July 2005 4-364 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.32-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.32-170 CC Paddle Roll Motor Assembly and Paddle Roll Home Sensor Parts List on PL 11.73 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the top cover, REP 11.1-170. CAUTION Do not loose the white plastic worm on the end of the motor spindle. It is a slide fit on the motor spindle. 2. Figure 1, remove the motor assembly. Figure 1 Motor assembly removal 3. Remove the motor, if necessary, by removing the remaining screw. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Lift the motor assembly and disengage the worm from the bearing 3 Remove screw and ground wire 4 Disconnect motor harness and sensor harness Drive lugs Bearing Worm July 2005 4-365 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.32-170, REP 11.33-170 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Remove the sensor, if necessary, by releasing the sensor legs. Replacement 1. If necessary, install the sensor and/or motor in the bracket. 2. Reconnect the ground wire and harnesses. 3. Ensure that the white plastic worm is fully located on the drive lugs of the motor. 4. Locate the motor assembly, ensuring that the nose of the white plastic worm is located in the bearing in the frame, install the two securing screws. 5. Reinstall the top cover. REP 11.33-170 CC Top Baffle Assembly Parts List on PL 11.73 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: Carriage top baffle, PL 11.73 Item 12. Carriage top baffle return spring, PL 11.73 Item 13. Top baffle idler assembly, PL 11.73 Item 14. Top baffle idler spring, PL 11.73 Item 15. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage, REP 11.2-170. 2. Figure 1, remove the top baffle assembly July 2005 4-366 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.33-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Removing the top baffle assembly NOTE: If only new idlers and springs are being installed, it is easier to leave the spring con- nected. 3. Figure 2, if required, remove the idlers and springs from the baffle. Figure 2 Removing the idlers and springs Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the top baffle assembly and components. 2 Carefully lever the baffle pivot out of the frame using a flat bladed screwdriver 1 Loosen 2 screws, 2 turns each 3 Release the spring from the baffle (see note) 1 Press down on the idler 2 Slide the idler from under the hooks 3 Hold the spring with a small screwdriver, remove the idler and spring July 2005 4-367 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.34-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.34-170 Compiler Sensor Parts List on PL 11.74 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage, REP 11.2-170. 2. Figure 1, improve the access to the area Figure 1 Improving access 3. Figure 2, remove the entrance baffle cover. Figure 2 Cover removal 1 Remove the harness cover 2 Open the top baffle and fix in the open position using adhesive tape. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Slide the cover to the rear to align with the notch 3 Remove the cover July 2005 4-368 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.34-170, REP 11.35-170 Repairs/Adjustments 4. Release the sensor lugs from the mounting using a small screwdriver and disconnect the sensor from the harness. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the compiler carriage entry sensor. Ensure the har- ness cover removed in Figure 1, is correctly installed so that it does not interfere with jam clear- ance latch 5d. REP 11.35-170 CC Entrance Baffle and Springs Parts List on PL 11.74 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage entry sensor, REP 11.34-170. 2. Refer to REP 11.4-170, remove the carriage PWB from its mounting but do not disconnect any PJs from the PWB. 3. Figure 1, remove the CC entrance baffle. July 2005 4-369 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.35-170, REP 11.36-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Removing the entrance baffle Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the CC entrance baffle. REP 11.36-170 Crease Blade Assembly Parts List on PL 11.84 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: Connecting rod, PL 11.84 Item 9. Crease blade assembly, PL 11.84 Item 13. Crease blade support guide, PL 11.84 Item 14. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 2. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 3. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 4. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 5. Figure 1, remove the crease blade. 1 Remove 2 springs 3 Disconnect ground wire 4 Remove 4 screws 5 Remove the baffle 2 Unhook spring July 2005 4-370 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.36-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Crease blade removal 6. Figure 2, remove the front blade support. Figure 2 Front support removal 7. Figure 3, remove the rear blade support. 2 Remove 4 screws 3 Manoeuvre the blade out from under the front and rear supports 1 Remove 2 screws 1 Remove E-clip 2 Release the front connecting rod and bearing 3 Remove E-clip 4 Remove front blade support July 2005 4-371 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.36-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Rear support removal CAUTION Do not loosen the three red screws that surround the lower support guides 8. Figure 4, remove the support guides (4 places). Figure 4 Support guide removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the crease blade assembly 1 Remove E-clip 3 Remove E-clip 2 Release the rear connecting rod and bearing 4 Remove rear blade support 1 Depress the centre of the guide 2 Pull the guide outward to remove Red screws - see caution July 2005 4-372 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.37-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.37-170 CC Stapling Unit Traverse Motor Parts List on PL 11.74 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the carriage PWB, REP 11.4-170. 2. Figure 1, remove the stapling unit traverse motor. Figure 1 Motor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the stapling unit traverse motor. NOTE: Ensure that the ground connector, Figure 1, is trapped between the motor flange and the compiler frame. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Remove the motor Ground connector July 2005 4-373 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.38-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.38-170 Transport Motor 2 and Motor Damper Parts List on PL 11.74 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the carriage PWB, REP 11.4-170. 2. Figure 1, remove transport motor 2. Figure 1 Motor removal 3. Remove 2 nuts to separate the motor damper from the motor. Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace transport motor 2. 2. Ensure that the ground connector is secured with the lower motor screw, Figure 1. 3. Loosen the tensioner screw, allow the spring to tension the belt, then tighten the tensioner screw, Figure 1. 1 Loosen screw, move tensioner fully upward, tighten screw 2 Remove 3 nuts 3 Remove the motor Ground connector July 2005 4-374 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.39-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.39-170 CC Eject Roll Motor Parts List on PL 11.75 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the carriage PWB, REP 11.4-170. 2. Figure 1, remove the CC eject roll motor. Figure 1 Motor removal Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the CC eject roll motor. 2. Ensure that the ground connector is secured with the lower motor nut, Figure 1. 1 Remove E-clip, pulley and belt 2 Remove 3 nuts 3 Remove the motor Ground connector July 2005 4-375 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.40-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.40-170 CC Kicker Assembly Parts List on PL 11.75 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: Kicker solenoid, PL 11.75 Item 4. Compiler carriage bin height sensor, PL 11.75 Item 5. Compiler sensor 90% full sensor, PL 11.75 Item 5. Return spring, PL 11.75 Item 16. Kicker fingers, PL 11.75 Item 19. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage, REP 11.2-170. 2. Remove the rear tamper drive belt by pushing the belt from the motor pulley where there is no flange. 3. Figure 1, remove the kicker assembly. July 2005 4-376 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.40-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Removal 4. Figure 2, dismantle the components of the kicker assembly as necessary. 2 Disconnect the ground connector and 3 har- nesses 3 Remove screw 4 Pivot the assembly to improve access 5 Remove the E-clip, slide the tamper shaft to the rear 6 Remove the assembly, being careful not to damage the kicker fingers 1 Remove screw July 2005 4-377 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.40-170, REP 11.41-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Dismantling Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the kicker assembly components. REP 11.41-170 CC Tray Hold Solenoid Assembly Parts List on PL 11.75 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage, REP 11.2-170. 2. Figure 1, remove the tray hold solenoid. Remove 2 screws to remove the solenoid, release the spring from the solenoid plunger Release the legs to remove a sensor Carefully spring the frame apart to remove the kicker fingers and return spring July 2005 4-378 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.41-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Solenoid removal Replacement CAUTION Ensure the short and long screw are installed in the correct location, Figure 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the tray hold solenoid assembly. NOTE: Ensure that the solenoid is positioned on the locating dowels. 1 Disconnect harness 2 Remove 2 screws Long screw with earth tag Short screw 3 Remove solenoid and linkage July 2005 4-379 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.42-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.42-170 CC Stapler Mount and Traverse Shaft Assembly Parts List on PL 11.74 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage, REP 11.2-170. 2. Remove the staple head assembly, REP 11.3-170. 3. Remove the stapling unit traverse motor, REP 11.38-170. 4. Figure 1, remove the stapler mount and traverse shaft assembly. July 2005 4-380 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.42-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Assembly removal 5. Unscrew the traverse shaft from the stapler mount. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the stapler mount and traverse shaft assembly. 1 Remove screw and slide out shaft 2 Remove E-clip, gear and bearing 3 Remove E-clip and bearing 4 Slide out the stapler mount and traverse shaft assembly July 2005 4-381 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.43-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.43-170 CC Transport Shaft Assembly Parts List on PL 11.75 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components. Transport shaft, PL 11.75 Item 8. Transport shaft pulley, PL 11.75 Item 9. Guide roller, PL 11.75 Item 11. Compiler belt, PL 11.75 Item 12. Feed chute, PL 11.75 Item 13. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove transport motor 2, REP 11.38-170. 2. Figure 1, prepare to remove the transport shaft assembly. Figure 1 Preparation 3. Figure 2, Remove the transport shaft assembly. 1 Remove E-clip and bearing 2 Remove 2 E-clips, pulley and bearing July 2005 4-382 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.43-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Removal 4. Figure 3, dismantle the components of the transport shaft assembly. Figure 3 Dismantling Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the transport shaft assembly and components. 2 Remove 3 screws 1 Ensure stapler unit is fully to the front 3 Hold the compiler tray down and slide the transport shaft assembly rearwards as far as possible 4 Pull the front of the shaft past the stapler and remove the assembly 1 Slide out the transport shaft 2 Wrap the belt around the roller and press the roller out and remove (2 places) July 2005 4-383 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.44-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.44-170 Docking Latch Components Parts List on PL 11.64 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components Docking Release latch, PL 11.64 Item 13. Release bracket, PL 11.64 Item 11. Docking interlock switch (S11-300A), PL 11.64 Item 3. Docking pivot interlock switch (S11-300B), PL 11.64 Item 5. Restraining cable, PL 11.64 Item 1. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Un-dock the HCSS from the machine, REP 11.13-170. 2. Figure 1, release the restraining cable. Figure 1 Restraining cable 3. Figure 2, remove the docking latch bracket rear cover. 1 Release the latch, open the bracket fully 3 If a new restraining cable is being installed, remove screw 4 Open the bracket as far as possible 2 Remove screw July 2005 4-384 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.44-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Cover removal 4. Figure 3, Remove the release bracket. Figure 3 Release bracket 5. Figure 4, if necessary, remove the docking release latches. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Release 2 dowels from the holes 3 Remove the cover 1 Snap the lower fitting apart (2 places) 2 Twist the bracket counterclockwise and lift off the top dowel (2 places) 3 Disconnect the spring and remove the bracket Top dowel in two places July 2005 4-385 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.44-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Latch removal 6. Figure 5, if necessary, remove the docking interlock switch or the docking pivot interlock switch. Figure 5 Switches removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the removed components. 1 Remove E-clip (2 places) 2 Push out the pin (2 places) using a small screwdriver 3 Remove the latch (2 places) Disconnect the harness and press together the catches to remove the docking interlock switch Disconnect the harness and remove 2 screws to remove the docking pivot interlock switch July 2005 4-386 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.45-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.45-170 Compiler Carriage Belt Grips Parts List on PL 11.72 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage assembly, REP 11.2-170. 2. Figure 1, remove the compiler carriage belt grips. Figure 1 Removing grips Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the compiler carriage belt grips. 1 Remove 3 screws and the front grip 2 Remove 3 screws 3 Cut the cable tie and remove the rear grip July 2005 4-387 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.46-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.46-170 Bin 1 Offset Motor and Offset Sensor Parts List on PL 11.78 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the bin 1 assembly by disconnecting the harness, removing the thumbscrew and pulling the tray assembly off the support. 2. Figure 1, remove the bin lower support. Figure 1 Support removal 3. Figure 2, remove the bin offset sensor and bin offset motor. Figure 2 Component removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the bin 1 offset motor and offset sensor. NOTE: Ensure the peg of the gear/crank locates in the slot of the tray. 1 Remove 4 screws 2 Remove the bin lower support 1 Pinch the sensor legs together, remove the sensor and disconnect the harness 2 Remove E-clip and gear/crank 3 Remove E-clip and gear 4 Remove 2 screws and motor 5 Disconnect the motor harness July 2005 4-388 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.47-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.47-170 Bin 1 Elevator Motor and Bearing Parts List on PL 11.78 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the bin 1 assembly by disconnecting the harness, removing the thumbscrew and pulling the tray assembly off the support. 2. Remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-170. 3. Figure 1, remove the elevator motor. NOTE: The elevator motor worm and gears are greased, take care not to contaminate other parts of the machine with the grease. Wear protective gloves if desired. Figure 1 Motor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the bin 1 elevator motor. 1 Remove E-clip and gear 2 Remove E-clip and bearing 3 Remove 2 screws, slide the motor down 4 Disconnect the harness and remove the motor July 2005 4-389 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.48-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.48-170 Entry Sensor and Punch Position Sensor Parts List on PL 11.70 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover and upper left cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Remove the hole punch unit, if installed. 3. Remove the lower left cover, PL 11.60 Item 23. 4. Remove the sensor cover, PL 11.70 Item 11. 5. Figure 1, remove the sensor. Figure 1 Sensor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the entry sensor and punch position sensor. 1 Remove 3 screws 2 Move the front of the tie bar to the right and release the rear from the dowels 3 Rotate the assembly to access the screws 4 Remove screw and sensor, disconnect the harness July 2005 4-390 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.49-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.49-170 2nd to Top Exit Sensor Parts List on PL 11.73 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the HCSS top cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Fold bin 0 to the left to give access to the top of the compiler carriage. 3. Figure 1, remove the 2nd to top exit sensor. Figure 1 Sensor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the 2nd to top exit sensor. 1 Remove screw and securing block 2 Release the sensor legs using a small screwdriver 3 Disconnect the sensor harness and remove the sensor July 2005 4-391 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.50-170, REP 11.51-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.50-170 BM Eject Sensor Parts List on PL 11.88 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the BM right hand cover, REP 11.56-170. 2. Remove the upper exit brush (3 screws), PL 11.88 Item 16. 3. Figure 1, remove the BM eject sensor. Figure 1 Sensor removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM eject sensor. REP 11.51-170 BM Support Leg and Spring Parts List on PL 11.87 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the BM, front door, front cover and rear cover, REP 11.1-130. 2. Figure 1, remove screws from the rear. Figure 1 Rear preparation 3. Fully pull out the BM module. 4. Support the weight of the BM on a stack of paper approximately 2 reams high. Add or remove paper from the stack to ensure that the stack supports the right side of the BM module. 5. Figure 2, prepare to remove the right hand support rail. 1 Remove screw, slide out sensor 2 Disconnect the harness and remove the sensor 1 Remove 2 screws July 2005 4-392 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.51-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Preparation 6. Figure 3, remove the right hand support rail. Figure 3 Rail removal 7. Figure 4, remove the BM support leg and spring. 1 Remove 4 screws 2 Remove 2 screws 1 Push the rail to the rear to release the dowels 2 Rotate the rail clockwise to give access to the inner base of the BM module July 2005 4-393 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.51-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Leg and spring removal Replacement 1. Install the support leg, spring and pin. 2. Figure 5, align the pin to accept the E-clip. Figure 5 Pin alignment 3. Figure 6, insert the E-clip. 1 Remove the E-clip using a small flat screwdriver 2 Slide out the pin 3 Remove the support leg and spring 1 Insert a small screw- driver into the E-clip groove 2 Slide the pin using the screwdriver, so that the screwdriver touches the frame 3 Carefully remove the screwdriver July 2005 4-394 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.51-170, REP 11.52-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 6 E-clip insertion 4. Install the remainder of the removed components by reversing the removal procedure. NOTE: Ensure that the 4 screws removed in step 1 of Figure 5 are tightened in exactly the original position, by carefully aligning the screw head with the witness marks on the frame. REP 11.52-170 BM Crease Rolls, Gears, Clutch and Bearings Parts List on PL 11.87 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 2. Release the crease roll nip pressure by fully rotating the crease roll handle (6c) counter- clockwise. 3. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 4. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 5. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 6. Remove the BM right hand cover, REP 11.56-170. 7. Remove the BM crease roll motor, REP 11.19-170, but do not disconnect the motor har- ness or remove the motor from the mounting plate. 8. Figure 1, remove the rear bearings. 1 Attach the E-clip to the tip of a magnetic screwdriver 2 Slide the screwdriver and E-clip along the frame. Snap the E-clip into the groove July 2005 4-395 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.52-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Rear bearing removal 9. Temporarily attach the BM crease roll motor using only the top screw. 10. Temporarily attach the PWB mounting plate using only the top two screws. 11. Fully pull out the BM module. 12. Figure 2, prepare to remove the upper crease roll. Figure 2 Preparation 13. Figure 3, remove the upper crease roll. 1 Remove 2 circlips. 2 Remove 2 bearings. 1 Remove the circlip. 2 Remove the upper crease roll gear. 3 Remove the upper crease roll bearing. July 2005 4-396 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.52-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Upper crease roll removal 14. Figure 4, remove the lower crease roll and clutch assembly. Figure 4 Lower crease roll and clutch assembly removal 1 Slide the upper crease roll to the rear, remove from the front. 1 Pull the lower crease roll and clutch assembly to the front to release the bearing. 2 Slide the front of the lower crease roll and clutch assem- bly out of the slot. 3 Remove the lower crease roll and clutch assembly. July 2005 4-397 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.52-170 Repairs/Adjustments Replacement CAUTION Do not remove the crease roll and clutch assembly if they are secure on the shaft. 1. Install the lower crease roll and clutch assembly and bearings. 2. Check if the lower crease roll gear and clutch assembly are secure on the shaft. If the lower crease roll gear and clutch assembly wobble, perform the following: a. Figure 5, remove the clutch. Figure 5 Clutch removal b. Figure 6, carefully identify the lower crease roll gear and clutch assembly compo- nents. Reassemble the components on the lower crease roll shaft in sequence from 1 to 12. Ensure the following points are followed: Components are orientated correctly as shown in Figure 6. The shallow grooves in the bore of the gear face towards the rear and mate with the teeth of the clutch plate installed on the shaft. The deep grooves in the bore of the gear face towards the front and mate with the teeth of the clutch plates subsequently installed on the shaft. The spring retainer is installed over the end the shaft. 1 Remove the screw and the retainer. 2 Remove the 9 nine clutch plates and the lower crease roll gear. July 2005 4-398 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.52-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 6 Clutch components c. Figure 7, Ensure that the tabs of the outermost gear keyed clutch plate are not out- side of the grooves in the gear. Lower crease roll shaft Bearing Shaft keyed clutch plate Gear keyed clutch plate Shaft keyed clutch plate Gear keyed clutch plate Lower crease roll gear (note the orientation) Retainer (note the orientation) Screw July 2005 4-399 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.52-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 7 Outermost gear keyed clutch plate d. Figure 8, ensure that the final shaft keyed clutch plate does not come off of the shaft during installation. Figure 8 Outermost gear keyed clutch plate e. Tighten the screw on the front end of the shaft until it reaches a hard stop. f. Check that the lower crease roll gear and clutch assembly is secure on the shaft. If necessary, repeat steps A to D. 3. Install the remainder of the removed components by reversing the removal procedure. Tabs Grooves Outermost gear keyed clutch plate Final shaft keyed clutch plate July 2005 4-400 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.53-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.53-170 CC Shutter and Springs Parts List on PL 11.73 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the CC eject housing assembly, REP 11.57-170. 2. Figure 1, remove the CC shutter. Figure 1 Shutter removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the CC shutter. 1 Remove the screw 2 Slide the shutter to the front, release the pin from the rear 4 Un-snap the middle fixings 5 Release the pin from the front and remove the shutter 3 Unhook the springs from the shutter July 2005 4-401 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.54-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.54-170 CC Nip Shaft Components Parts List on PL 11.74 Purpose Nip roll, PL 11.74 Item 2. Nip shaft, PL 11.74 Item 3. Nip spring, PL 11.74 Item 4. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage assembly, REP 11.2-170. 2. Figure 1, improve the access to the area. Figure 1 Improving access 3. Figure 2, remove the entrance baffle cover. 1 Remove the harness cover 2 Open the top baffle and fix in the open position using adhesive tape July 2005 4-402 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.54-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Cover removal 4. Figure 3, remove the nip shaft, nip springs and nip rolls. Figure 3 Nip shaft removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the nip shaft, nip springs and nip rolls. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Slide the cover to the rear to align with the notch 3 Remove the cover 1 Remove 2 springs 2 Lift out the nip shaft with rolls 3 Slide the rolls off the shaft July 2005 4-403 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.55-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.55-170 BM Pre-compile Pulley and Tyres Parts List on PL 11.67 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage assembly, REP 11.2-170. 2. Remove the drive pulley, PL 11.67 Item 2, refer to REP 11.12-170, figure 2. 3. Figure 1, remove the BM pre-compile pulley. Figure 1 Pulley removal 4. Figure 2, remove the BM pre-compile tyres. 1 Remove E-clip and bearing 2 Remove E-clip and bearing 3 Push the pulley shaft to the rear and remove from the front July 2005 4-404 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.55-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Tyre removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM pre-compile pulley and tyres Remove the tyres from the pulley July 2005 4-405 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.56-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.56-170 BM Right Hand Cover Parts List on PL 11.88 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the rear cover, REP 11.1-170. 2. Open the BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 3. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 4. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 5. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 6. Figure 1, Prepare to remove the BM right hand cover. July 2005 4-406 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.56-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Preparation 7. Figure 2, remove the BM right hand cover. 1 Push the BM fully home 2 Remove 3 screws 3 Fully pull out the BM module 4 Remove 3 screws July 2005 4-407 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.56-170, REP 11.57-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Cover removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM right hand cover. REP 11.57-170 CC Eject Housing Assembly Parts List on PL 11.73 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the compiler carriage assembly, REP 11.2-170. 2. Figure 1, remove the compiler carriage cross member Figure 1 Removing the cross member 3. Figure 2, prepare to remove the CC eject housing assembly. 1 Lever the cover free of the detents 2 Disconnect the harness and remove the cover 1 Remove 1 screw at either end of the cross member 2 Bend open the frame to release the cross member 3 Release the connecting rod from the crankshaft July 2005 4-408 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.57-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Preparation 4. Figure 3, remove the CC eject housing assembly. 1 Remove 2 screws marked A, release the harness clamp 3 Remove screw, release the ground connector 2 Disconnect the motor and sensor harnesses 4 Disconnect 2 ground terminals 5 Disconnect the sensor harness July 2005 4-409 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.57-170, REP 11.58-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Housing removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the CC ejector housing assembly. NOTE: Ensure that the front and rear pivot pins are located in the pivot holes REP 11.58-170 BM Crease Nip Springs Parts List on PL 11.84 Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the BM front door and fully pull out the BM. 2. Rotate the crease roll handle (6c) fully counterclockwise. 3. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 4. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 5. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 6. Figure 1, remove the front lower linkage. 1 Release the pivot pin from the hole using a flat blade screwdriver 2 Raise the front of the housing carefully guiding the CC shutter out of the track 3 Remove the CC ejector housing assembly July 2005 4-410 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.58-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Front linkage removal 7. Figure 2, remove the front spring. Figure 2 Front spring removal 8. Remove the rear cover REP 11.1-170. 9. Fully push in the BM. 10. Remove 4 screws securing the BM PWB mounting plate to the frame, allow the PWB and mounting plate to hang down, giving access to the rear nip spring and linkage. 11. Figure 3, remove the rear lower linkage. 1 Remove the KL-clip 2 Slide the linkage off the shafts 3 Release the linkage from the spring hook 1 Move the spring to the corner cutout 2 Flex the spring slightly and slide out of the hole July 2005 4-411 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.58-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Rear linkage removal 12. Figure 4, remove the rear spring. Figure 4 Rear spring removal Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM crease roll nip front spring. 1 Remove the KL-clip 2 Remove the E-clip 3 Slide the linkage off the shafts 4 Release the linkage from the spring hook 1 Move the spring to the corner cutout 2 Flex the spring slightly and slide out of the hole July 2005 4-412 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.59-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.59-170 Crease Roll Gate Assembly Parts List on PL 11.87 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: Crease roll gate rack gear, PL 11.87 Item 8. Crease roll gate rack drive gear, PL 11.87 Item 13. Crease roll gate rack, PL 11.87 Item 14. Crease roll gate front guide, PL 11.87 Item 15. Crease roll gate rear guide, PL 11.87 Item 16. Crease roll gate, PL 11.87 Item 19. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the HCSS BM front door and fully pull out the BM. 2. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 3. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 4. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 5. Remove the BM right hand cover, REP 11.56-170. 6. Remove the crease roll gate motor, REP 11.24-170. 7. Figure 1, remove the crease roll gate rack drive gear and both crease roll gate rack gears. Figure 1 Removing gears 8. Figure 2, Remove the front and rear crease roll gate racks. 1 Remove E-clip and 2 gears 2 Remove E-clip and gear July 2005 4-413 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.59-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Removing the racks 9. Figure 3, remove the crease roll gate. Figure 3 Gate removal 10. Figure 4, remove the grease roll gate front guide. 1 Remove E-clip and front rack 2 Remove E-clip and rear rack Twist the gate to allow the shaft to exit the slot, then lift out the gate July 2005 4-414 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.59-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Front guide removal 11. Figure 5, remove the grease roll gate rear guide. Figure 5 Rear guide removal 12. Loosen 3 screws to remove the crease roll gate shaft from the crease roll gate. Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the crease roll gate assembly. CAUTION Ensure that the crease roll gate shaft is centrally located within the crease roll gate. 1 Remove two screws 2 Remove screw 4 Remove the guide 3 Hold the baffle away from the guide 1 Remove two screws 3 Hold the baffle away from the guide 4 Remove the guide 2 Remove screw July 2005 4-415 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.60-170 Repairs/Adjustments REP 11.60-170 BM Paper Guide Assembly Parts List on PL 11.80 Purpose This procedure is used to repair the following components: Paper guide, PL 11.80 Item 7. Nip spring, PL 11.80 Item 9. Nip roll, PL 11.80 Item 10. Nip shaft, PL 11.80 Item 11. NOTE: If only new nip components are being installed, the BM paper guide assembly does not need to be removed. Removal WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Open the BM front door and fully pull out the BM. 2. Rotate the crease roll handle (6c) fully counterclockwise. 3. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 11.80 Item 4. 4. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 11.80 Item 5. 5. Remove the BM front cover, PL 11.80 Item 3. 6. Figure 1, remove the front bearing. Figure 1 Front bearing removal 7. Figure 2, remove the rear bearing. 1 Remove the E-clip 2 Remove the bearing July 2005 4-416 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.60-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Rear bearing movement 8. Figure 3, remove the BM paper guide assembly. Figure 3 paper guide assembly removal 9. Figure 4, remove the components from the BM paper guide assembly. 1 Remove the E-clip, then the bearing. 1 Remove 4 screws. Discon- nect the 2 ground harnesses. 2 Pivot the BM flapper assembly down to rest on the crease blade. 3 Lift out the BM paper guide assembly. July 2005 4-417 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.60-170, REP 11.61-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 4 Paper guide dismantling Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM paper guide assembly. REP 11.61-170 BM Module Parts List on PL 11.65 Removal WARNING Mandatory safety warning. This procedure must be performed by two people. The mod- ule is heavy. WARNING Do not undock the HCSSBM from the machine. The machine maintains the stability of the HCSSBM. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the BM rear cover, REP 11.1-170. 1 Release the nip springs to remove the nip shaft and nip rolls 2 Remove E-clip and rear latch 3 Remove E-clip and front latch 4 Carefully disengage the spring legs from the guide and remove the shaft assembly July 2005 4-418 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.61-170 Repairs/Adjustments 2. Figure 1, disconnect PJ553 and PJ559 from the BM PWB. Figure 1 Disconnect the PJs 3. Figure 2, disconnect the harness from bin 2. Figure 2 Disconnect the harness 4. Open the BM front door, PL 11.60 Item 5. 1 Disconnect PJ553 and PJ559. 2 Release the harness from the retainers. 1 Remove two screws. 2 Route the harness through the frame. 3 Disconnect the harness. Secure the harness to the harness retainers. July 2005 4-419 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.61-170 Repairs/Adjustments 5. Figure 3, prepare to remove the BM module. Figure 3 Preparation 6. Figure 4, prepare to remove the BM module. Figure 4 Preparation 7. Figure 5, Release the latches. 2 Make sure that the top of the paper stack is level with the base of the BM module. 1 Align approximately two reams of paper against the edge of the HCSS BM. 1 Fully pull out the BM module. 2 Disconnect the ground har- ness. Secure the harness to the harness retainers. July 2005 4-420 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.61-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 5 Releasing the slides WARNING Use safe handling procedures, GP 16 when removing this module. The module is heavy. CAUTION Do not damage the BM front cover when the BM module is removed. NOTE: The BM module weight is 23 Kg (50.6 lb.). NOTE: The BM catch will spring to the rear when the BM module is removed. Refer to Figure 7. 8. Figure 6, remove the BM module. 1 Pull up the right side latch to release the slide from the rail. 3 Push down the left side latch to release the slide from the rail. 2 Fully push in the slide. 4 Fully push in the slide. July 2005 4-421 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.61-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 6 Remove the BM module Replacement CAUTION Do not damage the harnesses when the BM module is installed. Ensure that the rails are cor- rectly aligned with the slides. 1. Put the BM module on the paper stack in front of the HCSS BM. 2. Route the bin 2 harness and the ground harness to the rear of the HCSS BM. 3. If a new BM is to be installed, perform the following: a. Unlatch the slides from the new BM module. Refer to Figure 5. b. Install the new BM module onto the existing rails in the HCSS BM. 4. Figure 7, prepare to install the BM module. 1 Carefully remove the BM module. One person must lift the BM module by the left side cross member. A second person must lift the BM module by the booklet exit slot. July 2005 4-422 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.61-170 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 7 Position of the catch 5. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM module. CAUTION Ensure the BM harness and bin 2 harness are correctly positioned in the harness retainers so that harnesses are not damaged when the BM is moved to the extremities of its travel. 6. Perform the 11F-170 Booklet Quality RAP. 1 Hold the catch in the forward position. 2 Carefully push the BM module into the HCSS BM until the catch is held under the guide. Do not push the BM further into HCSS BM. Guide July 2005 4-423 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.61-170 Repairs/Adjustments July 2005 4-424 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 11.61-170 Repairs/Adjustments July 2005 4-425 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 12.1 Repairs/Adjustments REP 12.1 OCT Fingers Install Parts List on PL 12.10 Installation WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. CAUTION Do not install the OCT fingers on 65 ppm machines. 1. Remove the OCT, PL 12.10 Item 2. 2. Remove the right hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 9. CAUTION Make sure that the OCT fingers are installed in the correct position. Each of the three fingers is marked. 3. Install three OCT fingers on to the exit shaft assembly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Finger install 4. Remove the fuser module (32-55 ppm) PL 10.8 Item 1 or (65-75 ppm) PL 10.10 Item 1. 5. Manually feed a sheet of A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch paper, long edge feed, through the paper path, Figure 2. NOTE: This is necessary to make sure that the OCT fingers are fully raised when the right hand cover is installed. Figure 2 Inserting paper CAUTION When the right cover is installed, make sure that the OCT fingers extend through the hole in the right hand cover. Refer to Figure 3. 6. Install the right hand cover, Figure 3. Finger 1 Finger 2 Finger 3 1 Release the jam clear- ance handle 3d/4d. 2 Insert a sheet of paper in to the paper path. 3 Rotate the jam clear- ance handle 3c counter clockwise. July 2005 4-426 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 12.1 Repairs/Adjustments Figure 3 Finger check 7. Remove the piece of paper from the paper path. Make sure that the OCT fingers fall freely under their own weight. 8. Re-install the fuser then the OCT. OCT fingers. July 2005 4-427 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.1A Repairs/Adjustments
REP 14.1A Scanner (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Lock the scan carriage, Figure 1,. 2. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 3. Disconnect all harnesses that will prevent removal of the image processing PWB module, then remove the image processing PWB module, PL 3.20 Item 1. 4. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 5. Remove the user interface, REP 2.1. 6. Remove the OCT, PL 12.10 Item 2, or perform the following: REP 11.12-120 1K LCSS Removal. REP 11.13-110 LCSS Undocking. REP 11.13-170 HCSS BM Undocking. 7. Remove the left hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 3. 8. Remove the right hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 9. 9. Remove the xerographic module. Put the module in a black bag. WARNING Use safe handling procedures, GP 16 when removing the module. The module is heavy. NOTE: The scanner weight is 16.5 kg (36lb.). 10. Figure 2. Stand at the rear of the machine and remove the scanner. Figure 1 Scan carriage locking 1 Remove the transport screw from the storage position and lock the scan carriage. Serial number July 2005 4-428 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.1A Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Scanner removal Replacement 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. Observe the steps that follow during replacement. If a new scanner is installed, make sure that the scanner is the correct speed for the machine. A 32 - 38 ppm scanner has a serial number that begins with 3. A 45 - 55 ppm scanner has a serial number that begins with 5. Refer to Figure 1 for the loca- tion of the serial number. Ensure that the receptacle on the base of the scanner is correctly installed onto the tongue on the machine frame. Refer to Figure 2. 1 Remove 2 screws and 2 spacers 5 Remove the scanner 4 Raise the scanner and release the harness from beneath the scanner 3 Push the scanner towards the rear of the machine Tongue (2 positions) Receptacle (2 positions) 2 Remove 1 screw and 1 spacer July 2005 4-429 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.2A Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.2A Exposure Lamp Inverter and Fuse (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the CVT glass and document glass, REP 14.6A. 2. Remove the exposure lamp inverter and fuse, Figure 1. Figure 1 Inverter and fuse Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the exposure lamp inverter and fuse. 2. When re-connecting the ribbon cable into PJ463, the blue band printed on the cable must face to the left, when viewed as shown in Figure 1. 3. Figure 1, ensure the ribbon cable is folded correctly in the cable clamp. Engage two of the cable clamp clips in the carriage holes. Bend the clamp to engage the third clip. 2 Place fingers under the carriage to hold the cable clamp, then release the 3 clips from above while pulling the clamp down 1 Remove 2 screws 4 Disconnect 2 connectors 5 Remove the inverter and fuse Fuse PJ 464 PJ 463 3 Note the orientation of the ribbon cable, blue stripe to the left July 2005 4-430 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.3A Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.3A Document Size Sensors (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the CVT glass and document glass, REP 14.6A. 2. For document size sensor 2 only, remove the PWB cover - 3 screws, PL 14.25 Item 1. 3. Remove the document size sensor 1 and / or 2, Figure 1. Figure 1 Document size sensor 1 NOTE: Figure 1 shows document size sensor 1. The fastening for the document size sen- sor 2 is the same as for 1. Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the document size 1 and 2 sensors. 2. Figure 2, when re-installing the PWB cover, PL 14.25 Item 1, ensure that the upper run of scan cable does not get trapped in the cable anchor slot. Figure 2 Correct position of the scan cable 1 Pinch the legs together to release the sensor 2 Disconnect the harness Cable anchor slot Scan cable upper run July 2005 4-431 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.4A Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.4A DADH Closed Switch (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 2. Remove the user interface assembly, REP 2.1. 3. Remove the scanner top cover, PL 14.20 Item 3. 4. Remove the DADH closed switch, Figure 1. Figure 1 DADH closed switch Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the DADH closed switch. 1 Release the catch and disconnect the bulkhead connector 2 Remove 2 screws 3 Remove the switch July 2005 4-432 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.5A Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.5A Scanner PWB (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the CVT glass and document glass, REP 14.6A. 2. Remove the scanner PWB cover, PL 14.25 Item 1. Release the document size sensor from the cover, REP 14.3A. 3. Remove the scanner PWB, Figure 1. Figure 1 Scanner PWB Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the scanner PWB. 2. When re-installing the PWB cover, PL 14.25 Item 1, ensure that the upper run of scan cable does not get trapped in the cable anchor slot, Figure 2. Figure 2 Correct position of the scan cable 3. When re-connecting the ribbon cable to PJ456 ensure that the blue band printed on the cable faces the front of the machine. 1 Disconnect all harnesses 2 Release 4 standoffs 3 Remove the scanner PWB Cable anchor slot Scan cable upper run July 2005 4-433 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.6A Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.6A CVT Glass, Document Glass and CVT Ramp (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.20 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 2. Remove the user interface assembly, REP 2.1. 3. Remove the scanner top cover, PL 14.20 Item 3. CAUTION Careless handling may separate the plastic CVT ramp from the document glass, if this hap- pens, install a new document glass, PL 14.20 Item 5 and CVT ramp, PL 14.20 Item 13. Contamination in the optics cavity can cause image quality defects. Do not allow the optics cavity to become contaminated. 4. Remove the CVT glass and document glass, Figure 1. Replacement CAUTION Careless handling may separate the plastic CVT ramp from the document glass, if this hap- pens, install a new document glass, PL 14.20 Item 5 and CVT ramp, PL 14.20 Item 13. 1. Clean the underside of the CVT glass and document glass, ADJ 14.1A. NOTE: Ensure that the CVT glass is installed as far to the right as possible. NOTE: Ensure that the white stripes on both the CVT glass and the document glass, are at the front of the machine and on the underside of the glass. 2. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the CVT glass and document glass. 3. Clean the upper side of the CVT glass and document glass, ADJ 14.1A Figure 1 Document glass and CVT glass 1 Remove 2 screws 3 Lift off the document glass and store carefully 2 Lift off the CVT glass and store carefully July 2005 4-434 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.7A Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.7A Scan Carriage Home Sensor (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 2. Remove the user interface assembly, REP 2.1. 3. Remove the scanner top cover, PL 14.20 Item 3. CAUTION Do not remove the document glass. Do not loosen the two screws securing the setting plate, shown in Figure 1. 4. Remove the scan carriage home sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Scan carriage home sensor Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the scan carriage home sensor. 2. Figure 1, when mounting the sensor, ensure that the location hole in the sensor mounting plate is located over the dowel of the setting plate. 3. When replacing the scan carriage home sensor, ensure that the lugs are located in the slot of the mounting plate before tightening the screw. 4. Ensure the adhesive tape is re-installed so that it entirely covers the aperture. If neces- sary install new adhesive tape. 1 Peel back the adhesive tape 2 Remove screw and release the mounting plate to reveal the sensor 4 Disconnect the harness and remove the sensor 3 Remove screw DO NOT LOOSEN THESE SCREWS Setting plate Lugs Dowel Location hole July 2005 4-435 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.8A Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.8A Input Module Angle Sensor (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 2. Remove the user interface assembly, REP 2.1. 3. Remove the scanner top cover, PL 14.20 Item 3. 4. Remove the input module angle sensor, Figure 1. Figure 1 Input module angle sensor Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the input module angle sensor. 2. When replacing the input module angle sensor, ensure that the lugs on the sensor are located in the slot of the frame before tightening the screw. 1 Remove screw 2 Depress the actuator to release the sensor 3 Disconnect the sensor from the harness July 2005 4-436 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.9A Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.9A Exposure Lamp (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the CVT glass and document glass, REP 14.6A. 2. Manually move the full rate carriage to align with the cut-outs in the frame. 3. Remove the exposure lamp with the end blocks, Figure 1. Figure 1 Releasing lamp fasteners 4. Remove the end blocks from the exposure lamp, Figure 2. Figure 2 Removing end blocks Replacement Reverse the removal procedure to replace the exposure lamp. 2 Press the catch and slide the mounting block upwards at both ends of the lamp 3 Release the mounting block from the carriage at both ends of the lamp and remove the lamp with the end blocks 1 Disconnect PJ464 through the access hole and release the lamp harness retainer 1 Slide the end block from the lugs 2 Remove the end block from the other end of the exposure lamp July 2005 4-437 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.10A Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.10A Scan Idler Pulleys (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the CVT glass and document glass, REP 14.6A. 2. Carefully move the full rate carriage to the left side of the scanner module. 3. Remove the scan idler pulleys, Figure 1. NOTE: Figure 1 and Figure 2 show the rear scan idler pulley. The procedure for the front scan idler pulley is similar. Figure 1 Scan idler pulley removal Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the scan idler pulleys. Install the scan idler pul- leys, Figure 2. Figure 2 Scan idler pulley replacement 1 Remove the E-clip 2 Hold the tension in the cable and slide the pulley off of the shaft 3 Maintain the tension in the cable and remove the pulley from the cable loop 1 Maintain the tension in the cable and place the pulley in the cable loop 2 Slide the pulley onto the shaft 3 Install the E-clip July 2005 4-438 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.11A Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.11A Scan Motor (32-55 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the CVT glass and document glass, REP 14.6A. 2. Mark the position of the scan motor bracket, Figure 1. Figure 1 Motor bracket position 3. Remove the scan motor and remove the weight (32-38 ppm only), Figure 2. Figure 2 Motor removal Replacement 1. Re-assemble the motor onto the bracket and fully tighten the screws. 2. Replace motor / bracket assembly into the optics cavity, engage the motor pulley with the drive belt and install the two screws, but do not tighten. 3. Move the motor / bracket assembly to the right until the bracket aligns with the scribe line, Figure 1, then fully tighten the screws. 4. Re-install the flywheel and tighten the 2 screws. 5. Re-install the CVT glass and document glass. 6. Ensure that the weight (32-38 ppm only) is fitted onto the new motor. Scribe a line 1 Disconnect PJ456 2 Remove 2 screws 5 Remove 2 screws and remove the motor from the bracket 4 Loosen 2 grub screws and remove the flywheel 3 Remove the motor and bracket Weight (32-38 ppm only) July 2005 4-439 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.1B Repairs/Adjustments
REP 14.1B Scanner (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the OCT, PL 12.10 Item 2, or perform the following: REP 11.13-110 LCSS Undocking REP 11.19-130 HCSS Undocking REP 11.13-170 HCSS BM Undocking 2. Figure 1. Lock the scan carriage. 3. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 4. Remove the rear cover, PL 8.10 Item 1. 5. Remove the user interface, REP 2.1. 6. Disconnect all harnesses that will prevent removal of the image processing PWB module, then remove the image processing PWB module, PL 3.10 Item 1. 7. Remove the left hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 3. 8. Remove the right hand cover, PL 8.10 Item 9. 9. Remove the xerographic module. Put the module in a black bag. WARNING Use safe handling procedures, GP 16 when removing the module. The module is heavy. NOTE: The scanner weight is 16.5 kg (36lb.). 10. Figure 2. Stand at the rear of the machine and remove the scanner. Figure 1 Locking the scan carriage Remove the transport screw from the storage position and lock the scan carriage. July 2005 4-440 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.1B Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Scanner removal Replacement 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the receptacle on the base of the scanner is correctly installed onto the tongue on the machine frame. Refer to Figure 2. Screw and spacer 3 Push the scanner towards the rear of the machine 5 Remove the scanner 1 Remove 2 screws and 2 spacers 2 Remove 2 screws and 2 spacers (See also Detail A) Tongue Receptacle (2 positions) Tongue 4 Raise the scanner and release the harness from beneath the scanner Detail A July 2005 4-441 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.2B Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.2B Top Cover (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.10. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 2. Remove the user interface assembly, REP 2.1. It is not necessary to disconnect the PJ. 3. Figure 1, remove the top cover. Figure 1 Top cover removal Replacement 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Perform ADJ 14.1B Optics Cleaning as necessary. 3 Remove three screws 2 Loosen three screws 4 Lift off the top cover 1 Remove one screw July 2005 4-442 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.3B Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.3B CVT Glass, CVT Ramp Assembly and Document Glass (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.10. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Careless handling may separate the plastic CVT ramp assembly from the document glass. If this happens, install a new document glass, PL 14.10 Item 5 and CVT ramp assembly, PL 14.10 Item 13. Contamination of the optics cavity can cause image quality defects. Do not allow the optics cavity to be contaminated. 1. Remove the top cover, REP 14.2B. 2. Figure 1, remove the CVT glass, document glass and CVT ramp assembly. Figure 1 CVT glass and document glass assembly Replacement 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Ensure that the white AGC strips on the document glass and the CVT glass are at the front and underside of the glass. 3. Perform ADJ 14.1B Optics Cleaning as necessary. 1 Remove 2 screws 2 Loosen 6 screws and rotate 6 glass clamps away from the document glass 3 Remove the CVT glass, and the document glass with the CVT ramp assembly July 2005 4-443 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.4B Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.4B Scan Carriage Home Sensor (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.15. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the scanner top cover, REP 14.2B. CAUTION Do not remove the document glass. Do not loosen the two screws securing the setting plate, shown in Figure 1. 2. Figure 1, remove the scan carriage home sensor. Figure 1 Scan carriage home sensor Replacement 1. Install the sensor on to the sensor plate, ensuring the lugs locate correctly in the slot. 2. Re-connect the sensor. 3. Install the sensor plate. Ensure that the three locating lugs are correctly located in the slots of the mounting plate. 4. The replacement of the removed components in the reverse of the removal procedure. 4 Remove the sensor (1 screw) 3 Disconnect the sensor 1 Remove the screw 2 Pull forward the sensor plate Do not loosen July 2005 4-444 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.5B Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.5B Scan Carriage Assembly (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.15. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the CVT glass and document glass, REP 14.3B. CAUTION When disconnecting the scan carriage ribbon cable, do not bend the connector pins. 2. Figure 1. Remove the scan carriage assembly. Figure 1 Carriage removal Replacement 1. Insert the exposure lamp ribbon cable through the securing clamp and the square hole. 2 Loosen 1 screw, then slide out the cable 1 Remove the PJ cover (2 screws) and disconnect the scan carriage ribbon cable 4 Remove the scan carriage 3 Loosen 3 screws, then slide out the cables July 2005 4-445 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.5B, REP 14.6B Repairs/Adjustments 2. Figure 2. Place the scan carriage centrally over the springs on the scan cables. Slide the scan cables under the fixing tabs. NOTE: Observe the spring position between the fixing tabs on the scan carriage assem- bly. Figure 2 Alignment of the scan carriage 3. Reconnect the scan carriage ribbon cable. 4. Reinstall the PJ cover. 5. Reconnect the exposure lamp ribbon cable. Ensure that the metal connections face towards the PWB. 6. Close the exposure lamp ribbon harness securing clip. 7. Perform ADJ 14.2B Scan Carriage Adjustment. 8. Perform ADJ 14.1B Optics Cleaning Procedure. 9. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. REP 14.6B Scan Motor and Mounting (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.16. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the scanner top cover, REP 14.2B. 2. Remove the scanner motor cover, PL 14.16 Item 10, (2 screws). 3. Figure 1. Prepare to remove the motor. Figure 1 Preparation 4. Figure 2. Remove the motor and mounting. Note the orientation of the bracket and the mounting. Spring position Fixing tab Fixing tab 2 Remove 3 screws 1 Scribe round the bracket July 2005 4-446 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.6B, REP 14.7B Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Motor and mounting Replacement 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Perform ADJ 14.3B Scanner Motor. REP 14.7B Scan Cables (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.16. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the scan carriage, REP 14.5B. 2. Remove the scan motor cover PL 14.16 Item 10, (2 screws). 3. Slide the cables off the pulleys or capstan. 4. Remove the springs and lift out the cables. Replacement 1. Figure 1 shows the general arrangement of the scan cables, when correctly installed. Figure 1 Scan cable arrangement 3 Remove the mount- ing (2 screws) 2 Remove the bracket (2 screws) 1 Release the wiring and disconnect PJ 461. (Press the top of the PJ) 6 turns on each cable Upper scan cable Lower scan cable Note that the springs are in the same relative position. July 2005 4-447 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.7B Repairs/Adjustments 2. Figure 2. Prepare to install the lower scan cable. NOTE: The lower scan cable is black and is longer than the upper scan cable. NOTE: The anchor ball is not installed centrally on the scan cables. NOTE: To assist in holding the scan cables in position, use adhesive tape. Figure 2 Mount the lower scan cable on the capstan 3. Figure 3. Prepare to install the lower scan cable. Figure 3 Installation of the lower scan cable 1 Wind three turns below the anchor point on the capstan. 2 Install the anchor ball in the anchor point 3 Use adhesive tape to secure the anchor ball in the anchor point longer, black cable short end long end 1 Wind three turns above the anchor point 2 Install the cable around the left, rear, lower pulley 3 Install the cable around the right, rear, lower pulley July 2005 4-448 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.7B Repairs/Adjustments 4. Figure 4. Prepare to install the upper scan cable. NOTE: The anchor ball is not installed centrally on the scan cable. Figure 4 Mount the upper scan cable on the capstan 5. Figure 5. Install the lower scan cable. Figure 5 Installation of the upper scan cable 1 Wind three turns below the anchor point on the capstan. 2 Install the anchor ball in the anchor point 3 Use adhesive tape to secure the anchor ball in the anchor point long end short end 1 Attach the spring to the cable 3 Install the cable over the front, right pulley 2 Install the cable around the front, left pulley July 2005 4-449 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.7B Repairs/Adjustments 6. Figure 6. Prepare to install the upper scan cable. Figure 6 Installation of the upper scan cable 7. Figure 7. Prepare to install the upper scan cable. Figure 7 Installation of the upper scan cable 1 Wind three turns above the anchor point 1 Install the cable around the left rear, upper pulley July 2005 4-450 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.7B, REP 14.8B Repairs/Adjustments 8. Figure 8. Install the upper scan cable. Figure 8 Installation of the upper scan cable 9. Remove the adhesive tape used to secure the anchor balls in the anchor points. 10. Reinstall the scan carriage, REP 14.5B. 11. Perform ADJ 14.2B scan carriage assembly. 12. Reinstall the CVT glass and document glass, REP 14.3B. 13. Reinstall the scanner top cover, REP 14.2B. 14. Reinstall the DADH, REP 5.19. REP 14.8B Scan Drive Belt (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.16 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the scan carriage assembly, REP 14.5B. 2. Remove the scan motor, REP 14.6B. 3. Secure the scan cables, Figure 1. Figure 1 Scan cables and capstan NOTE: When removing the scan cables from the pulleys, it is not necessary to lift out the cables from the scanner. 4. Remove the scan cables from the pulleys, REP 14.7B. 5. Remove the scan drive belt, Figure 2. 2 Attach the spring to the cable. 5 Reinstall the circlip. 1 Lift off the right, rear upper pulley (1 circlip). 3 Place the cable round the pulley. 4 Install the pulley on to the shaft. 1 Secure the scan cables to the capstan Insulation tape July 2005 4-451 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.8B, REP 14.9B Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Removal of the scan drive belt Replacement 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Perform ADJ 14.3B Scanner Motor. REP 14.9B Input Module Angle Sensor (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.15. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the scanner top cover, REP 14.2B. 2. Figure 1, remove the input module angle sensor. Figure 1 Input module angle sensor Replacement 1. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the input module angle sensor. 2. When replacing the input module angle sensor, ensure that the lugs on the sensor are located in the slot of the frame before tightening the screw. 2 Carefully thread the scan drive belt over the scan cables. Remove the scan drive belt. 1 Remove the scan drive belt from the capstan 1 Remove one screw 2 Depress the actuator to release the sensor 3 Disconnect the sensor from the harness and remove July 2005 4-452 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.10B Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.10B Exposure Lamp and Exposure Lamp Inverter (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.15. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the document glass, the CVT glass and the CVT ramp assembly, REP 14.3B. CAUTION The machine may have shims installed below each end of the exposure lamp. Do not loose the shims when the exposure lamp is removed. The shims are installed to improve image quality. Not all machines have shims installed. 2. Figure 1. Remove the exposure lamp. Figure 1 Removal of the exposure lamp 3. Figure 2. Remove the exposure lamp inverter. 2 Remove screw 3 Remove the exposure lamp. 3 Disconnect the exposure lamp harness Shim (see CAUTION) 1 Remove screw Shim (see CAUTION) July 2005 4-453 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.10B, REP 14.11B Repairs/Adjustments Figure 2 Removal of the exposure lamp inverter Replacement 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. If the machine had shims installed below the exposure lamp, make sure that they are replaced correctly, refer to Figure 1. 2. Perform ADJ 14.1B Optics Cleaning. REP 14.11B Exposure Lamp Ribbon Harness (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.15. Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the document glass, the CVT glass, and the CVT ramp assembly, REP 14.3B. 2. Remove the scanner PWB cover, PL 14.16 Item 9 (three screws). 3. Remove the scan carriage ribbon cable, PL 14.15 Item 4. 4. Figure 1. Remove the exposure lamp ribbon harness. 5. Remove the scan carriage ribbon cable felt securing strip. 2 Disconnect the exposure lamp ribbon harness 1 Remove two screws 3 Remove the exposure lamp inverter July 2005 4-454 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.11B Repairs/Adjustments Figure 1 Removal Replacement 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Perform ADJ 14.1B Optics Cleaning. 1 If necessary, carefully move the scan carriage assembly to the left 2 Carefully move the securing clip 5 Carefully thread the expo- sure lamp ribbon harness through the securing clips 4 Gently raise the securing clip 3 Depress expo- sure lamp rib- bon harness housing and remove the harness July 2005 4-455 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.12B, REP 14.13B Repairs/Adjustments REP 14.12B Scanner PWB (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.16 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the document glass, the CVT glass, and the CVT ramp assembly, REP 14.3B. 2. Remove the scanner PWB cover, PL 14.16 Item 9. 3. Disconnect all of the harness connectors from the scanner PWB, PL 14.16 Item 8. 4. Remove four screws securing the scanner PWB. 5. Remove the scanner PWB. Replacement 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Perform ADJ 14.1B Optics Cleaning. REP 14.13B Scan Carriage Ribbon Cable (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the document glass, the CVT glass, and the CVT ramp assembly, REP 14.3B. 2. Remove the scanner PWB cover, PL 14.16 Item 9. 3. Prepare to remove the scan carriage ribbon cable, PL 14.15 Item 4. 4. Figure 1. Remove the scan carriage ribbon cable. Figure 1 Removal of the scan carriage ribbon cable 5. Remove the felt protection strip from the scan carriage ribbon cable. 1 Remove the connector cover 2 Disconnect the scan carriage ribbon cable 4 Disconnect the scan carriage ribbon cable 5 Remove the scan carriage ribbon cable 3 Release two harness retainers July 2005 4-456 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.13B, REP 14.14B Repairs/Adjustments Replacement CAUTION Take care when replacing the scan carriage ribbon cable. The scan carriage ribbon cable is easily damaged. 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Perform ADJ 14.1B Optics Cleaning. REP 14.14B Document Size Sensor 1 and Document Size Sensor 2 (65-75 ppm) Parts List on PL 14.16 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the document glass, the CVT glass, and the CVT ramp assembly, REP 14.3B. 2. Figure 1. Remove document size sensor 1 (Q14-315). NOTE: The removal of document size sensor 1 (Q14-315) is shown. The removal of doc- ument size sensor 2 (Q14-320) is identical. Figure 1 Remove document size sensor 1 (Q14-315) 1 Disconnect the harness 2 Remove 1 screw 3 Remove the document size sensor July 2005 4-457 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.14B Repairs/Adjustments Replacement 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. Perform ADJ 14.1B Optics Cleaning. July 2005 4-458 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 14.14B Repairs/Adjustments July 2005 4-459 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 16.1 Repairs/Adjustments
REP 16.1 Network Controller PWBs Access Parts List on PL 16.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Ensure that E.S.D. procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the PWB. 1. Remove the network controller, PL 16.10, from the rear of the machine. 2. Remove the screws securing the front cage, Figure 1. Figure 1 Network controller Remove 6 screws July 2005 4-460 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 16.1 Repairs/Adjustments 3. Remove the front cage, Figure 2. Figure 2 Removing the cage 4. Remove the relevant PWB, Figure 3. Figure 3 Removing a PWB Remove front cage 1 Remove the screw. 2 Remove the PWB July 2005 4-461 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 16.1 Repairs/Adjustments 5. Network controller PWB location connections, Figure 4. Figure 4 PWB locations Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. PCI locations Memory module location July 2005 4-462 WorkCentre Pro 275 Family (CC232-WCP275F) REP 16.2 Repairs/Adjustments REP 16.2 Network Controller Disk Drive Parts List on PL 16.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. CAUTION Ensure that E.S.D. procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the disk drive. 1. Remove the network controller, PL 16.10, from the rear of the machine. 2. Remove the front cage on the network controller, refer to REP 16.1. 3. Remove the network controller disk drive, Figure 1. Figure 1 Disk drive Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1 Disconnect PJ 3 2 Disconnect PJ 5 3 Remove two screws 4 Lift and remove the disk drive